diff options
63 files changed, 17 insertions, 8672 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d7b82bc --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +*.txt text eol=lf +*.htm text eol=lf +*.html text eol=lf +*.md text eol=lf diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ddf320b --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #66712 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/66712) diff --git a/old/66712-0.txt b/old/66712-0.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 3eb0324..0000000 --- a/old/66712-0.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3726 +0,0 @@ -The Project Gutenberg eBook of Grammar-land, by M. L. Nesbitt - -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and -most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions -whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms -of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at -www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you -will have to check the laws of the country where you are located before -using this eBook. - -Title: Grammar-land - Grammar in Fun for the Children of Schoolroom-shire - -Author: M. L. Nesbitt - -Illustrator: F. Waddy - -Release Date: November 11, 2021 [eBook #66712] - -Language: English - -Produced by: MFR and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at - https://www.pgdp.net (This file was produced from images - generously made available by The Internet Archive/American - Libraries.) - -*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK GRAMMAR-LAND *** - - - - - -[Illustration: COURT GRAMMARLAND] - - - - - GRAMMAR-LAND - - OR, - - GRAMMAR IN FUN FOR THE CHILDREN OF - SCHOOLROOM-SHIRE - - BY - M. L. NESBITT - - _With Frontispiece and Initials by_ F. WADDY. - - [Illustration] - - NEW YORK - HENRY HOLT AND COMPANY - - 1885. - - - - -[Illustration] - - TO ALL LITTLE CHILDREN - WHO THINK GRAMMAR HARD AND DRY, - - =This Book is Dedicated=, - - BY ONE WHO LOVES TO SEE - SUNSHINE IN SCHOOLROOM-SHIRE. - - - - -[Illustration] - -PREFACE TO THE THIRD EDITION. - - -The favourable reception that the former Editions of this little book -have met with, calls for a word of acknowledgment. It seems that not -only the little folks for whom it was intended, but children of a -larger growth have read it with interest; and students, who spend days -and nights “with weary eyesight poring over miserable books,” have -condescended to turn over these pages, and laughingly admit that the -imagination may sow even the dustiest of book-shelves with flowers. - -Teachers of the younger classes in schools have found this little -volume extremely useful; and it is suggested, that though children -will often read it with pleasure by themselves, they will derive much -more profit from it when it is made the text-book for a lesson. The -simple exercises appended to each chapter will then be found both -useful and entertaining. - -[Illustration] - - - - -[Illustration] - -CONTENTS. - - - PAGE - - INTRODUCTION--JUDGE GRAMMAR AND HIS SUBJECTS 1 - - CHAPTER I. - MR. NOUN 7 - - CHAPTER II. - LITTLE ARTICLE 15 - - CHAPTER III. - MR. PRONOUN 20 - - CHAPTER IV. - SERJEANT PARSING’S VISIT TO SCHOOLROOM-SHIRE 28 - - CHAPTER V. - MR. ADJECTIVE 30 - - CHAPTER VI. - MR. ADJECTIVE TRIED FOR STEALING 37 - - CHAPTER VII. - THE QUARREL BETWEEN MR. PRONOUN AND MR. ADJECTIVE, - AND LITTLE INTERJECTION 45 - - CHAPTER VIII. - DR. VERB 54 - - CHAPTER IX. - DR. VERB’S THREE TENSES, NUMBER, AND PERSON 62 - - CHAPTER X. - SERJEANT PARSING IN SCHOOLROOM-SHIRE AGAIN 70 - - CHAPTER XI. - THE NOMINATIVE CASE 73 - - CHAPTER XII. - ADVERB 80 - - CHAPTER XIII. - PREPOSITION 86 - - CHAPTER XIV. - PREPOSITIONS GOVERN THE OBJECTIVE CASE 93 - - CHAPTER XV. - CONJUNCTION 99 - - CHAPTER XVI. - ACTIVE VERBS GOVERN THE OBJECTIVE CASE 106 - - CHAPTER XVII. - THE POSSESSIVE CASE; AND WHO’S TO HAVE - THE PRIZE? 114 - -[Illustration] - - - - -[Illustration] - -GRAMMAR-LAND. - -INTRODUCTION. - -JUDGE GRAMMAR AND HIS SUBJECTS. - - -[Illustration: JUDGE GRAMMAR RULES IN EVERY LAND.] - -What is Grammar-land? Where is Grammar-land? Have you ever been to -Grammar-land? Wait a minute and you shall hear. You will not find -Grammar-land marked on the globe, and I never saw a map of it; but -then, who ever saw a map of Fairy-land? and yet you have all heard of -that, and know a great deal about it, of course. Well, Grammar-land is -a place every bit as real as Fairy-land, and much more important. The -Fairy Queen is all very well, and a very great little queen in her way; -but Judge Grammar! great, stern, old Judge Grammar, is far mightier -than any Fairy Queen, for he rules over real kings and queens down -here in Matter-of-fact-land. Our kings and queens, and emperors too, -have all to obey Judge Grammar’s laws, or else they would talk what is -called _bad grammar_; and then, even their own subjects would laugh at -them, and would say: “Poor things! When they were children, and lived -in Schoolroom-shire, they can never have been taken to Grammar-land! -How shocking!” And Judge Grammar himself--well, I cannot say what he -would do, as I suppose such a thing never really happened; for who -could imagine a king or queen saying, “_I is_,” or “_you was_,” or “_it -wasn’t me_.” No one speaks in that way except people who have never -heard of Judge Grammar. - -Ah! I wish you could see him--this great Judge--sitting on his throne -in his court, and giving orders about his precious words, which are -the riches of Grammar-land. For Judge Grammar says that all the words -that you can say belong really to him, and he can do what he likes with -them; he is, in fact, King as well as Judge over Grammar-land. Now, you -know that when William the Conqueror conquered England he divided the -land among his nobles, and they had it for their own so long as they -obeyed the king and helped him in his wars. It was just the same with -Judge Grammar when he took possession of Grammar-land; he gave all the -words to his nine followers, to take for their very own as long as they -obeyed him. These nine followers he called the nine Parts-of-Speech, -and to one or other of them every word in Grammar-land was given. - -They are funny fellows, these nine Parts-of-Speech. You will find out -by-and-by which you like best amongst them all. There is rich Mr. Noun, -and his useful friend Pronoun; little ragged Article, and talkative -Adjective; busy Dr. Verb, and Adverb; perky Preposition, convenient -Conjunction, and that tiresome Interjection, the oddest of them all. - -Now, as some of these Parts-of-Speech are richer, that is, have more -words than others, and as they all like to have as many as they can -get, it follows, I am sorry to say, that they are rather given to -quarrelling; and so it fell out that one day, when my story begins, -they made so much noise, wrangling and jangling in the court, that they -woke Judge Grammar up from a long and very comfortable nap. - -“What is all this about?” he growled out, angrily. “Brother Parsing! -Dr. Syntax! here!” - -In an instant the Judge’s two learned counsellors were by his side. - -Serjeant Parsing (Brother Parsing, the Judge calls him) has a sharp -nose, bright eyes, a little round wig with a tail to it, and an -eye-glass. He is very quick and cunning in finding out who people -are and what they mean, and making them tell “the truth, the whole -truth, and nothing but the truth.” It is of no use to say “I don’t -know” to Serjeant Parsing. He will question you, and question you, -till somehow or other he makes you know, and finds out all about you. -When I say he will question _you_, of course I mean he will question -the Parts-of-Speech, for that is his business, and that is why Judge -Grammar summoned him. For whenever there is a fuss in Grammar-land, -Serjeant Parsing has to find out all about it, and Dr. Syntax has to -say what is right or wrong, according to the law. - -“Brother Parsing,” said the Judge, “this racket must be stopped. What -are they fighting about? I divided the words clearly enough once -amongst the nine Parts-of-Speech. Why cannot they keep the peace?” - -“My lord,” answered Serjeant Parsing, “the fact is that it is a long -time since you portioned out the words, and the Parts-of-Speech since -then have been left to do pretty much as they like. Some of them are -greedy, and have stolen their neighbours’ words. Some of them have -got hold of new words, which the others say they had no right to -make; and some of them are even inclined to think that Dr. Syntax is -old-fashioned, and need not be obeyed. In fact, unless your lordship -takes the matter in hand at once, I am afraid the good old laws of -Grammar-land will all go to wreck and ruin.” - -“That must never be,” said the Judge, solemnly shaking his wig: “that -must never be. We must stop it at once. Go and summon all my court -before me.” - -“Certainly, my lord,” answered Serjeant Parsing; “but may I ask if -there is any Part-of-Speech you wish for in particular?” - -“I wish for them all, sir, every one,” replied the Judge. “They shall -all come before me, and you shall question them in turn, and make them -say what right they have to the titles and the words which they claim; -and then if there is any disagreement between them, I will settle the -matter once for all.” - -“Quite so, my lord,” said Serjeant Parsing; “and shall I invite our -friends in Schoolroom-shire?” - -“Our friends in Schoolroom-shire? By all means let them come,” replied -the Judge. “If we wish to have peace among the Parts-of-Speech it is -most important that the people of Matter-of-fact-land should know how -to use them well. And as the people of Matter-of-fact-land generally -spend at least a part of their lives in Schoolroom-shire, we cannot -do better than send our invitation there. Go, Brother Parsing, -and request them to come, and to bring their slates and pencils -with them, that they may keep an account of what we do, and let our -Parts-of-Speech prepare to come before us at once.” - -Away went Serjeant Parsing, as quick as thought, and soon the whole -court was assembled. There was Judge Grammar on his throne, with a -long flowing wig and gorgeous robes. At the table below him sat his -two counsellors, Serjeant Parsing and Dr. Syntax. Dr. Syntax is very -tall and thin and dark. He has a long thin neck covered up with a -stiff black tie, which looks as though it nearly choked him. When he -speaks he stands up, looks straight through his spectacles, sticks out -his chin, and says his say in a gruff and melancholy voice, as if he -were repeating a lesson. He is the terror of all little boys, for he -never smiles, and he is so very, very old, that people say he never -was young like other folks; that when he was a baby he always cried -in Greek, and that his first attempt at talking was in Latin. However -that may be, there he sat, side by side with Serjeant Parsing, while -the company from Schoolroom-shire, armed with slates and pencils, -prepared to listen to the examination that was to take place, and the -Parts-of-Speech crowded together at the end of the court, waiting for -their names to be called. - - - - -[Illustration] - -CHAPTER I. - -MR. NOUN. - - -[Illustration: - - COMMON NOUNS - BIRD HORSE CAT - PROPER NOUNS - VENUS ALICE BOB FIDO] - -The first Part-of-Speech that was called was Mr. Noun. He is a stout -big fellow, very well dressed, for he does not mind showing that he is -very rich. - -As Mr. Noun came forward, Serjeant Parsing rose, put his pen behind his -ear, arranged his papers on the table before him, and looking at Mr. -Noun through his eye-glass, asked: “What is your name?” - -“Name,” answered Mr. Noun. - -“Yes, your name?” repeated Serjeant Parsing. - -“Name,” again answered Mr. Noun. - -“Do not trifle, sir,” said the Judge, sternly; “what is your name? -Answer at once, and truly.” - -“I have answered truly,” replied Mr. Noun. “My name is _Name_, for -_noun_ means _name_. The name of everything belongs to me, so I am -called Mr. Name, or Mr. Noun, which means the same thing, and all my -words are called _nouns_.” - -“The name of _everything_ belongs to you?” asked Serjeant Parsing, in -surprise. - -“Yes,” answered Mr. Noun, “the name of everything.” - -“What? Do you mean to say that the name of everything I can see round -me now is one of your words, and is called a noun?” - -“I do indeed,” said Mr. Noun. “The name of everything you can see, or -touch, or taste, or smell, or hear, belongs to me.” - -“What,” said Serjeant Parsing, “is this _desk_ yours then, and the -_ink_ and the _pen_ and the _window_?” - -“The _words_ that _name_ them are all mine,” said Mr. Noun. “Of course -I have nothing to do with the _things_. No gentleman in Grammar-land -has anything to do with _things_, only with words; and I assure you, -you cannot _name_ anything that you can see, or touch, or taste, or -smell, or hear, without using one of my words. _Desk_, _pen_, _ink_, -_window_, _water_, _wine_, _fire_, _smoke_, _light_, _lightning_, -_thunder_, a _taste_, a _smell_, a _noise_, all these words belong to -me, and are called nouns.” - -“I see,” said Serjeant Parsing; “you can _hear_ thunder, and _smell_ -smoke, and _taste_ wine. And I suppose _dinner_ and _tea_ are yours -also?” - -“Certainly, the _words_ breakfast, dinner, and tea, are mine,” -replied Mr. Noun. “The _things_ are what the people live upon in -Schoolroom-shire, but they could not name what they eat without using -my words. The servant would have to make signs to let people know that -dinner was ready; she could not _say_ so unless I allowed her to use my -noun _dinner_.” - -“Well,” said Serjeant Parsing, “if you have the name of everything we -can see, touch, taste, smell, or hear, all I can say is, I hope you are -satisfied, and do not claim any more words besides.” - -“Indeed,” replied Mr. Noun, drawing himself proudly up, “I have not -mentioned nearly all my words. I told you at first that I have the name -of _everything_, and there are plenty of things that you know about, -although you cannot see, or touch, or taste, or smell, or hear them. -For instance, _love_, or _anger_, or _happiness_. You can feel them in -your heart, and know they are there, although you cannot touch them -with your fingers, or taste them with your tongue, or find them out by -any of your five senses.” - -“Do you mean to say, then,” asked Serjeant Parsing, “that when a child -feels naughty in its heart----?” - -“Naughtiness is mine,” said Mr. Noun; “the _word_ naughtiness, for it -is the _name_ of the something bad that the child feels.” - -“And when it is kind?” - -“Kindness is mine, because it is the _name_ of the something kind -and nice it feels _there_. I have a good many more words that end -in _ness_, and that are the names of things you can find out about, -and talk about, though you cannot tell what shape or colour or smell -or taste they have; like _cleverness_, _silliness_, _idleness_, -_ugliness_, _quickness_.” - -“I see,” said Serjeant Parsing. “You cannot tell what shape or colour -cleverness is, but you can soon find out whether a boy has any of it by -the way in which he does his lessons.” - -“Yes,” said Mr. Noun; “and the names of his lessons are mine too, -for the lessons are things that you can learn about; _geography_, -_history_, _writing_, _arithmetic_, all these names belong to me.” - -“Really Mr. Noun,” said Serjeant Parsing, “you do claim a big share of -words. You will be making out that the names of _persons_ belong to you -next.” - -“So they do,” replied Mr. Noun; “no matter who the persons are, their -names belong to me. I have the name of every person in the world from -good Queen Victoria on her throne to the raggedest beggar-boy in the -street. There is not a child in Schoolroom-shire whose name is not a -noun. And I have not the names of _people_ only, but of all pet dogs, -cats, birds, horses, or rabbits: _Fido_, _Tabby_, _Bright-eye_, _Tiny_, -_Shag_, and any other pet names you can think of. Indeed, I am very -particular about such names. I call them _proper nouns_, and expect -them always to be written with a capital letter.” - -“Proper nouns?” repeated Serjeant Parsing. “Then what are the other -nouns called?” - -“They are only _common_ nouns,” answered Mr. Noun, carelessly. - -“Then all names are common nouns, except the names of persons or -animals, are they?” asked Serjeant Parsing. - -“No, no, no,” said Mr. Noun, quite crossly: “the name of an animal is -not a proper noun unless it is the own special name of one animal, that -marks it from other animals of the same kind. _Dog_ is the name given -to all dogs, they have the name in common between them; but _Fido_ is -the name of one particular dog, his own proper name by which his master -calls him. So _dog_ is a common noun, _Fido_ is a proper noun.” - -“Oh, I see,” said Serjeant Parsing. “Then the particular name of any -person or animal is a proper noun, and all other names are common -nouns.” - -“I never said that,” exclaimed Mr. Noun. “How very stup---- I mean, you -do not understand me, my dear sir. I never said that the particular -name of a place or thing was not a proper noun too. Every particular -and special name, whether of a person, an animal, a place, or a thing, -is a proper noun. Every place has its own proper name, or should have. -Every country and mountain and river and town in Europe is named with -a _proper_ noun. Why, you would not call _England_ a common noun, I -should hope? There are plenty of countries in the world, but there is -only one country that is called by the proper name of dear old England. -_Country_ is a common noun, all countries have it in common, but when -you want to speak of any particular country you use the proper nouns, -_England_, _Scotland_, _Ireland_, _France_, _etc._, _etc._” - -“Well, I think we can understand that the particular names of _places_ -are proper nouns,” said Serjeant Parsing; “but you spoke about _things_ -also. Surely things have no proper names? You do not give names to -chairs and tables, and call them Mr. Leanback or Squire Mahogany?” - -“Not exactly,” answered Mr. Noun; “we do not name chairs and tables -with proper names, but what do you say to houses? They are _things_, -are they not? And you may have heard of such names as _Marlborough -House_, _Springfield Cottage_, _Ivy Lodge_.” - -“Well, no other things besides houses have proper names, have they?” -said Serjeant Parsing. - -“Books are things,” said Mr. Noun, “and they all have proper names. So -have ships and boats, _Warrior_, _Seafoam_, _Fairy_, or something of -that sort. I have heard of a cannon which was called _Roarer_, and you -ought to know that King Arthur’s sword was named _Excalibur_. Indeed, -you can give a proper name to anything you like that you want to -distinguish from other things of the same sort.” - -“And all such proper names, or proper nouns, as you call them, must be -written with a capital letter, must they? Whether they are the names of -persons, animals, places, or things, little or big?” - -“Sir,” answered Mr. Noun, “littleness or bigness makes no difference. -If you had a pet fly, and called it Silver-wing, Silver-wing must be -written with a capital S, because it is a proper noun.” - -“Well, Mr. Noun,” said Serjeant Parsing, “your ideas of what is -_proper_ seem to me rather peculiar, but I suppose Dr. Syntax has no -objection, so I will say nothing.” - -Dr. Syntax silently bowed his head. - -The Judge then spoke. “Mr. Noun, you have claimed a great many words, -and it remains to be seen whether all the other Parts-of-Speech agree -to these words being yours. In order to find out whether they do or -no, I will ask our friends from Schoolroom-shire to write out, each of -them, a list of twenty names, the names of anything they can _see_, -_hear_, _touch_, _taste_, _smell_, or _think about_, or the _proper_ -names of any persons, animals, places, or things they know; and when -next we meet I will read out what they have written, and we shall hear -whether any one has any good reason to give why they should not be -called nouns.” - -The Judge then rose from his seat, and every one left the court. - -[Illustration] - - - - -[Illustration] - -CHAPTER II. - -LITTLE ARTICLE. - - -[Illustration: - - the a - LITTLE·ARTICLE] - -When Judge Grammar next took his seat in court, a number of papers -covered with words were handed up to him by Serjeant Parsing. - -“They are the lists of names, my lord,” he said, “which you asked the -people of Schoolroom-shire to write for you.” - -“Very good,” said the Judge. “I will read some of the words aloud, and -if any one thinks that they are not _nouns_, let him come forward and -say so. And he began to read: _the garden_, _the house_, _the sky_, _a -book_, _a bird_, _a fly_,” when suddenly he was interrupted by a sound -of bitter sobbing and crying. - -“What is the matter?” he asked. “Who dares to interrupt the court?” - -“It is this tiresome little Article, your lordship,” said Serjeant -Parsing, pushing forward a ragged little fellow, who was rubbing both -fists into his eyes and crying bitterly. “He says he is being cheated, -my lord; that he has only two words of his own in all Grammar-land, -and that they are being used on these lists as if they belonged to Mr. -Noun.” - -“Bring him up before me,” said the Judge. “What is your name, sir?” - -“My name is Article, or Little-joint,” replied the little fellow. “I -have only two words in all Grammar-land, _a_ and _the_. I lend them to -Mr. Noun whenever he asks for them fairly; but, your lordship, it is -very hard,” and here he began to cry again, “that they should be read -as your lordship was reading them just now, as if they belonged to Mr. -Noun, when he is so rich, and I am so very, very poor.” - -“Is it true, Brother Parsing,” asked the Judge, “that little Article is -always ready to wait upon Mr. Noun?” - -“Quite true, my lord,” answered Serjeant Parsing. “Indeed, I have -often been able to discover Mr. Noun by catching sight of little -Article running before him, for whenever you see an _a_ or a _the_, -you may be sure that Mr. Noun will have a word of his own in somewhere -near. The chief use of little Article is to point out that a noun is -coming, for you may be sure that if you can put an _a_ or a _the_ -before a word, that word is a noun, as _a bird_, _the sky_.” - -“And do you use him as much before your pet proper nouns, sir?” asked -Judge Grammar of Mr. Noun. - -“No, your lordship,” replied Mr. Noun, “that I do not. Indeed, _I_ -cannot see that little Article is of much use to me at any time; but he -has an old habit of coming with me wherever I go, and when I have no -one else I do not mind having him.” - -“Well,” said Judge Grammar, “if you do have him, take care that you use -him well; and pray, Brother Parsing, tell the Schoolroom-shire children -to give him a separate mark for himself, and not to put his words with -Mr. Noun’s.” - -“Certainly, my lord,” said Serjeant Parsing, “but I have one question -to ask first. This little Article said that he had only two words in -all Grammar-land, _a_ and _the_. I wish to ask him what he says to -_an_, as you say _an_ egg, _an_ apple? Surely _an_ belongs to him also.” - -Article was just beginning to answer when he suddenly stopped, turned -pale, trembled, and looked as if he would have tumbled to pieces in -terror, for he saw Dr. Syntax rise. - -Dr. Syntax stood upright, looking very tall and thin and black: he -spoke in very stern voice, but all he said was, “_An_ is only used -before a vowel or an _h_ mute.” Then he sat down again. - -“Ah!” said Serjeant Parsing, drawing a long breath, “thank you. Now, -little Article, say what you have to say.” - -“I have only to say,” remarked Article, recovering his courage, “that -_a_ and _an_ are really one and the same word; _a_ is only _an_ with -his coat off. I like to use it best as _a_ without its coat, but -before a vowel or an _h_ mute I am obliged,” and here Article gave a -frightened look at Dr. Syntax, “I am obliged to keep its coat on and -call it _an_.” - -“And do you know what you mean by a vowel or an _h_ mute?” asked Judge -Grammar. - -“O yes, my lord: there are five vowels, _a_, _e_, _i_, _o_, _u_,” -answered Article. - -“And what is an _h_ mute?” asked the Judge. - -“An _h_ that is not sounded, as in _an hour_, _an honour_,” answered -Article, rather impatiently, for he was getting very tired of being -questioned. - -“And you are to use _an_ before any word that begins with a vowel, _a_, -_e_, _i_, _o_, or _u_, or an _h_ mute, are you?” asked the Judge. - -“Yes, my lord,” said Article, “I told you so before.” - -“Give us some examples of words beginning with each of these,” said the -Judge, “and show us how you use _an_ before them.” - -Article held up one hand, with the thumb and four fingers stretched -out, and pointing to each one in turn, beginning with the thumb, he -answered: “_An_ apple, _an_ eagle, _an_ idol, _an_ ox, and _an_ ugly, -uncomfortable, unkind old Judge, to keep me here so long answering -questions.” Saying which, little ragged Article turned and scampered -off as fast as his legs could carry him. - -Serjeant Parsing then said that as Article had behaved so badly, he -hoped the Judge would give him a severe punishment, by allowing the -children of Schoolroom-shire to use his words as often as they liked in -their new lists. - -“Certainly,” said Judge Grammar. “I request that each of you will write -six new nouns, and will use an article before every one of them.” - -The court then rose, after Serjeant Parsing had handed the -Schoolroom-shire children the following verse, begging them to find out -all the nouns and articles in it:-- - - Once there was a little boy, - With curly hair and pleasant eye; - A boy who always spoke the truth, - And never, never told a lie. - - - - -[Illustration] - -CHAPTER III. - -MR. PRONOUN. - - -[Illustration: Allow me to go instead of you--Mr. Noun, it will save -trouble - - NOUNS - MR. PRONOUN SPEAKS] - -When the court next assembled, the Judge read aloud all the nouns and -articles on the lists, casting a stern glance at little Article at each -_a_, _an_, or _the_ that he came to, in order to show that they were -put in as a punishment for Article’s impudent behaviour the day before. -Poor little Article said nothing, and no one having objected to any of -the words, the Judge said: “Mr. Noun and Article, since no one finds -fault with the words that you claim, I declare them to be lawfully -yours. Now, stand aside, and let Mr. Pronoun come forward.” - -At these words Mr. Pronoun stood before the Judge. He is something like -Mr. Noun, only he is thinner, and looks as if he worked harder. - -“Mr. Pronoun?” said Serjeant Parsing, standing up to begin his -questioning. - -Mr. Pronoun bowed. - -“Why are you called Pronoun, sir, and what words do you possess?” - -“I am called Pronoun, because I often do the work for my rich -neighbour, Mr. Noun. _Pro_ means _instead of_, so _pronoun_ means -_instead of noun_, and my words are called _pronouns_ because they -stand _instead of nouns_. Mr. Noun, though he is so rich, does not like -to have his words used over and over again--he says it wears them out; -so to save trouble I put in _my_ little words, which do just as well.” - -“And you are not afraid of _your_ words being worn out?” asked the -Judge. - -“O dear no! my lord,” answered Pronoun. “I think my words are like the -iron rails on the railway--the more they are used the brighter they -look; it is only the idle ones that get rusty and spoilt. And it is not -many of _my_ words that get rusty, I can tell you, my lord. Serjeant -Parsing knows how he was one day trying to make sense of Dr. Faustus -without me, and what a muddle he made of it. If he will kindly repeat -it now, I will show you.” - -So Serjeant Parsing said:-- - - Dr. Faustus was a good man; - Dr. Faustus whipped Dr. Faustus’s scholars now and then - When Dr. Faustus whipped the scholars Dr. Faustus made the - scholars dance - Out of England into France. - -“There!” said Pronoun. “Let any one try to sing that, and he will -find how awkward it is. Now, if you will use my little _he_ or _his_, -instead of saying Dr. Faustus so often, and put _them_ instead of -scholars, it will sound much better. Just listen. Please, Mr. Parsing, -say it again, and I will come in when I am wanted.” - -So Serjeant Parsing said: “Dr. Faustus was a good man.” - -“_He_ whipped _his_,” shouted Pronoun. - -“He whipped his scholars now and then. When----” - -“_He_ whipped _them_,” shouted Pronoun. - -“When he whipped them,” continued Serjeant Parsing. - -“_He_ made _them_ dance,” cried Pronoun. - -“When he whipped them he made them dance,” repeated Serjeant Parsing, -“out of England into France.” - -“Ah,” said the Judge, “yes! It is certainly better so. Mr. Noun’s words -are not used so often, and all parties are pleased. Then _he_, _his_, -and _them_, are pronouns, as they stand instead of nouns. Now tell us -what other words you have, Mr. Pronoun.” - -“First of all, my lord, I have words which are used instead of the -names of people when they are talking of themselves, such as _I_ or -_me_, _we_ or _us_. When a person is speaking of himself he does not -name his own name, but says instead, _I_ or _me_. Except, indeed, very -little children, who say, ‘Baby wants more,’ or, ‘Give baby milk.’ -Reasonable persons say, ‘_I_ want more,’ ‘Give _me_ some milk.’” - -“The Queen says _we_ in speaking of herself,” remarked the Judge. - -“Yes, my lord,” said Pronoun, “the Queen is of course allowed to use -_we_ or _us_ when she means only herself; but other people do not use -_we_ or _us_ unless they mean more than one person.” - -“Then _I_ or _me_, _we_ or _us_, are the pronouns used instead of -the names of people speaking of themselves, are they, Mr. Pronoun?” -inquired Serjeant Parsing. - -“Certainly,” replied Pronoun: “and the words used instead of the names -of persons you are _speaking to_ are _thou_, or _thee_, and _you_. When -I am speaking to you, Mr. Parsing, I say, I tell _you_; I do not say, I -tell Serjeant Parsing.” - -“Quite so,” answered Serjeant Parsing; “but why do you not say, I tell -_thee_.” - -“Why, the fact is,” replied Mr. Pronoun, “that _thou_ and _thee_ really -stand for one person only, and _you_ stands for more than one. But long -ago people took it into their heads to fancy that it would be _very_ -polite to talk to one person as if he were at least as good as two. -It is a very vulgar thing to be only one person, but to be two people -rolled into one would be very grand indeed. So when a man was talking -to a grand neighbour he called him _you_ instead of _thou_, and the -grand neighbour was so much pleased that it came to be the fashion to -say _you_ to every one, and my poor little _thou_ and _thee_ were quite -set aside.” - -“And are they never used now?” said Serjeant Parsing. - -“O yes, they are used,” said Mr. Pronoun; “but as people neglected them -in former days, I won’t have them used in common now. _You_ is quite -good enough for everyday talk.” - -“Well,” said Serjeant Parsing, “you have shown that _I_ or _me_, _we_ -or _us_, _thou_ or _thee_, and _you_, are all your words. Have you any -others?” - -“Plenty more,” answered Pronoun. “I have _he_, _she_, _it_, and _they_, -to stand instead of persons or things you are talking about. - - Tom took Maria on the ice; - _It_ broke, and _she_ fell in; - _He_ got a rope, and in a trice - _He_ pulled _her_ out again. - If _they_ had both been drowned, you know, - Folks would have said, “I told you so.” - -“There _it_ stands for _ice_, and _she_ for _Maria_, and _he_ for -_Tom_, and _they_ for _Tom_ and _Maria_ together. So you see clearly -that _he_, _she_, _it_, and _they_ are pronouns.” - -“I do not think any one could deny it,” said Serjeant Parsing. “Have -you any other words?” - -“O yes, there are plenty more words that stand instead of nouns. _My_, -_thy_, _his_, _our_, _your_, _their_, which are used to show that -something belongs to the person these words stand instead of. Just as -instead of saying _Dr. Faustus’s_ scholars, we said _his_ scholars; and -as in speaking to you, my lord, I should not say Judge Grammar’s wig, -but _your_ wig.” - -“You need not say anything about my wig,” said the Judge, rather -testily. “Mind your own words, sir, and tell us what others you have.” - -“I have _who_ and _which_,” replied Pronoun. “Instead of saying, ‘I met -a man, the man had no eyes,’ you say, ‘I met a man _who_ had no eyes;’ -so my little _who_ saves Mr. Noun’s man. Instead of saying, ‘I will -tell you a tale, a tale was told to me,’ you can say, ‘I will tell you -a tale _which_ was told to me;’ so _which_ stands instead of _tale_.” - -“We understand,” said the Judge. “No more of your tales now, if you -please. You have no more words, I suppose?” - -“Indeed I have, my lord. _This_ and _that_, _these_ and _those_, are -pronouns. For when you say, ‘Look at _this_,’ you mean a picture, or -a sum, or anything else that _this_ may happen to stand for; and when -you say, ‘Take _that_,’ _that_ stands for a halfpenny, or a kick, -or anything else you may be giving at the time. And if you sing to -a child--if your lordship ever does sing--which does not seem very -likely----” - -“Mind your words, sir,” said the Judge, again. “If we sing what?” - -“If you sing ‘_This_ is the way the lady goes,’ then _this_ stands for -the jogging up and down of my knee, the way the lady goes.” - -“Really, Mr. Pronoun,” said the Judge, “you are very childish. The -Schoolroom-shire people are quite ashamed of you. We shall ask for no -more of your words to-day, for I suppose, after all, they are easy -enough to find out.” - -“All words that stand instead of nouns belong to me,” said Pronoun; -“but they are not quite so easy to find out as you suppose. Those that -stand instead of persons, like _I_, _thou_, _he_, _we_, _you_, _they_, -any one can find out. I have told you about a good many others, and if -Serjeant Parsing wishes to discover the rest for himself----” - -“He does, sir,” said the Judge, who was getting very tired and hungry. -“You may go. I will only ask you to assist our Schoolroom-shire -friends in making the following verses right. They read very queerly -at present; but if you can set them right, I think we shall agree that -what you have been saying of your words is true.” - -The Judge then wished them all good-morning, and went to lunch off a -few pages of dictionary. - -Here are the verses. - - There was a man, the man had no eyes, - And the man went out to view the skies; - The man saw a tree with apples on, - The man took no apples off, and left no apples on. - - Little Bo-peep has lost Bo-peep’s sheep, - And does not know where to find the sheep; - Leave the sheep alone till the sheep come home, - And bring the sheep’s tails behind the sheep. - - Matilda dashed the spectacles away - To wipe Matilda’s tingling eyes; - And as in twenty bits the spectacles lay, - Matilda’s grandmamma Matilda spies. - - - - -[Illustration] - -CHAPTER IV. - -SERJEANT PARSING’S VISIT. - - -[Illustration: SERGEANT PARSING] - -Serjeant Parsing paid a visit to Schoolroom-shire. - -“My young friends,” he said, in his most amiable voice, “may I trouble -you with a little piece of business for Judge Grammar to-day. I have -here a story, and the Judge requests that you will kindly find out how -many of the words in it belong to Mr. Noun, how many to Mr. Pronoun, -and how often little ragged Article comes in. The best way to do this -is to get your slates, and mark off a piece for Mr. Noun, another for -Mr. Pronoun, and a corner somewhere for little Article. Write their -names in each. Now I will read the story, and whenever I come to a -noun, give Mr. Noun a mark; whenever I read a pronoun, give a mark to -Mr. Pronoun; and if I read an _a_, _an_, or _the_, put down a mark to -little Article. When it is finished we will count up and see who has -the most marks.” - -Serjeant Parsing then read the following story:-- - -“Some sailors belonging to a ship of war had a monkey on board. The -monkey had often watched the men firing off a cannon, so one day when -they were all at dinner he thought he should like to fire it too. So -he took a match, as he had seen the men do, struck it, put it to the -touch-hole, and looked into the mouth of the cannon, to see the ball -come out. The ball did come out, and alas! alas! the poor little monkey -fell down dead.” - -[Illustration] - - - - -[Illustration] - -CHAPTER V. - -MR. ADJECTIVE. - - -[Illustration: - - A BRAVE PRINCE - A GOOD QUEEN - ADJECTIVES QUALIFY NOUNS] - -The next Part-of-Speech called up before Judge Grammar was Mr. -Adjective. - -“My young friends in Schoolroom-shire,” said Serjeant Parsing, “must -know Mr. Adjective well. He is the greatest chatterbox and the veriest -gossip that ever lived. You never in all your life, my lord, knew any -one who could say so much about one thing as Mr. Adjective. Mr. Noun -cannot mention a word, but Mr. Adjective is ready to tell all about -it, whether it is _little_ or _big_, _blue_ or _green_, _good_ or -_bad_, and mischief enough he does in Schoolroom-shire. For instance, -if Noun mentions Willy’s pen--‘_Nasty_, _spluttering_, _cross-nibbed_ -thing,’ whispers Adjective, and Willy thinks that is why he wrote such -a bad copy, and did not dot his _i_’s. If Mr. Noun points out pussy, -who is coming into the room, purring and rubbing her head against -the leg of each chair as she passes, Adjective whispers that she is -a ‘_dear_, _sweet_, _soft_, _warm_, _little_ pet,’ so Milly leaves -off her sums to pick her up and play with her. Ann, the housemaid, -finds dirty boot-marks on her nice clean stairs, and as soon as she -sees Tom she tells him he is a ‘_tiresome_, _untidy_, _disobedient_, -and _naughty_ boy,’ not knowing that Mr. Adjective was whispering all -those words in her ear. Indeed, Mr. Adjective causes more quarrels in -Schoolroom-shire, and other places too, than any one can tell. Only -yesterday Jane and Lucy had a quarrel, I hear, because Jane pulled the -arm off Lucy’s doll. If Adjective had not put into Lucy’s head to call -Jane _naughty_ and _unkind_, Jane would not have answered that Lucy was -_cross_ and _disagreeable_. She would most likely have said, ‘I beg -your pardon, I did not mean to do it,’ and they would have been friends -again directly. See how much mischief is caused by talkative, gossiping -Mr. Adjective.” - -“Really, Mr. Parsing,” remarked Adjective, now putting in his word for -the first time, “you have made a long speech to show how mischievous I -am. Pray, have you nothing to say about the good that my kind, loving -words do?” - -“Oh, certainly, my dear sir,” said Serjeant Parsing, suddenly changing -his tone. “When you like any one you are a very good-natured fellow, -and can say all sorts of sweet things. I heard you in Schoolroom-shire -telling Mary that her mamma is her _own_ _dearest_, _kindest_, -_sweetest_ mother--that baby is a _bright_, _bonny_ _little_ -darling--that Fido is a _good_, _faithful_ _old_ doggie--and that home -is the _happiest_ place in the _whole wide_ world. Oh, yes,” continued -Serjeant Parsing, “you can call people good names as well as bad.” - -“I do not call people names,” said Adjective, indignantly. “I -_qualify_ them. I could qualify you, Mr. Parsing, and say you are an -_impertinent_, _rude_----” - -“That will do, Mr. Adjective,” interrupted the Judge. “We understand -what you mean by _qualifying_. But tell us, are your words always -placed _before_ nouns?” - -“Oh, no, my lord,” answered Adjective. “They _can_, almost all of them, -be used before a noun, but they are often used after it, in this way:-- - - The sky is _blue_, - The sun is _bright_, - My words are _true_, - The snow is _white_. - -“You could also say, _blue sky_, _bright sun_, _true words_, _white -snow_, but it does not sound so well, I think. And when a pronoun -stands instead of a noun, and my words qualify it----” - -“Oh, you qualify pronouns as well as nouns, do you?” asked Serjeant -Parsing. - -“I am obliged to do so sometimes,” said Mr. Adjective, rather sulkily. -“I will not have my words used before a pronoun, as they are before a -noun. You can say:-- - - _I_ am _right_, - And _you_ are _wrong_; - _It_ is _late_, - And _we_ are _strong_. - -But you must not say: _right I_, _wrong you_, _late it_, or -_strong we_.” - -“I should think not,” said Serjeant Parsing, laughing. “Then we are -to understand that adjectives are used to qualify nouns and pronouns, -and that they may be used before a noun or after it, but not before a -pronoun.” - -“Quite right, so far,” said Mr. Adjective; “but I can do other things -besides qualifying nouns.” - -“What can you do?” - -“I can tell how many there are of the thing the noun names, _one_, -_two_, _three_, _four_, and so on. And whether the thing is the -_first_, _second_, _third_, or _fourth_, and so on. And whether there -are _some_ things, _many_ things, _few_ things, _more_ things, _no_ -things.” - -“And all these words are adjectives, are they?” - -“Yes,” answered Adjective. “All words that can be put before _thing_ or -_things_ are adjectives.” - -“_A_ thing, _the_ thing,” remarked little Article, looking up with a -cunning smile at Adjective. “_A_ and _the_ are both articles.” - -“_A_ and _the_ don’t count, of course,” said Adjective, impatiently. -“Besides, they were adjectives once, people say, only they got so -worn out, that I let my ragged little cousin Article have them. But -except _a_ and _the_, there is no word that you can put before _thing_ -or _things_ that is not an adjective. A _beautiful thing_, an _ugly -thing_, _bad things_, _good things_, _green things_, _yellow things_, -_large things_, _little things_; and so you can say, _one thing_, _two -things_, _some things_, _any things_; and also, _this thing_, _that -thing_, _these things_, _those things_.” - -“That seems a very easy way of finding out an adjective,” remarked the -Judge. “I hope it is a correct way.” - -“Indeed it is, my lord,” said Adjective, earnestly. “See, I can give -you many more examples. - - A _lovely_, _graceful_, _beautiful_ thing, - A _useful_, _homely_, _dutiful_ thing; - _Foolish_, _childish_, _useless_ things; - _Handsome_, _rich_, and _priceless_ things.” - -“My lord,” said Mr. Noun, coming forward and speaking in a solemn -voice, “I accuse Mr. Adjective of stealing, and wish him to be sent to -prison.” - -“Indeed!” said the Judge; “but he must be tried first, and you must -prove him guilty before I have him punished. What do you say he has -stolen?” - -“My lord, he is constantly stealing my words, and only just now he -used these without my leave, in open court: _love_, _grace_, _beauty_, -_use_, _home_, _duty_.” - -“Enough,” said the Judge. “I certainly heard him use some such words -only just now. Critics,” he called to the policemen, for that is the -name they have in Grammar-land, “seize Mr. Adjective, and keep him safe -until the court meets again, when he shall be tried for stealing.” Then -turning to the people of Schoolroom-shire, the Judge continued, “My -friends, I shall be much obliged if you will look over the following -story, and strike out of it all the words belonging to Mr. Adjective. I -cannot allow them to remain side by side with other words, until it is -proved that Mr. Adjective is not guilty of stealing them.” - -The Judge then rose, and poor Mr. Adjective was led out of the court, -with his hands bound. - -The following is the story which the Judge sent to the people of -Schoolroom-shire. - -THE MAIDEN PRINCE. - -A long, long time ago, there lived in a grey old castle, a widowed -queen, who had one only child, a beautiful bright boy. “My good husband -was killed in the terrible war,” said the timid queen, “and if my dear -son grows up to be a strong man, I fear that he will go to the cruel -wars, too, and be killed. So he shall learn nothing about rough war, -but shall be brought up like a simple maiden.” So she taught him all -maidenly duties, to spin, and to weave, and to sew, and she thought -he was too simple and quiet to wish to go to war; but one day there -came to the great castle gate a noble knight riding a gallant charger. -“Come,” he cried to the young prince, “come, follow me. I ride to fight -with the wicked and strong who are oppressing the weak and the poor.” -Up sprang, in a moment, the fair young boy, flung aside his girlish -work, seized his father’s battered sword, and leaped into the saddle -behind the noble knight. “Farewell, dear mother,” he cried, “no more -girlish work for me. I must be a brave man, as my father was, and -conquer or die in the rightful cause.” Then the foolish queen saw that -it was useless to try to make a daring boy into a timid maiden. - - - - -[Illustration] - -CHAPTER VI. - -MR. ADJECTIVE TRIED FOR STEALING. - - -[Illustration: - - ful - like - ly - y - ous - less - en - ern - -CLEVER MR. ADJECTIVE] - -There was great excitement in the court the next day; and when every -one was assembled, except Adjective, the Judge called out: “Bring the -prisoner in;” and poor Adjective was led in between two Critics, with -his hands tied behind him, and placed before the Judge. - -Serjeant Parsing rose, and began to question him. - -“Is your name Adjective?” he said. “It is,” answered Adjective. - -“And you possess all the adjectives in Grammar-land?” - -“I do.” - -“What is an adjective?” - -“A word used to qualify a noun.” - -“What is a noun?” - -“Please, my lord, need I answer that?” asked Adjective. - -“Certainly,” replied the Judge. - -“It is not fair,” said Adjective; “nouns are not my words.” - -“But you must know what a noun is, in order that you may use your -adjectives properly.” - -“Of course I know what a noun is--it is a _name_, the name of anything.” - -“Then do you know the difference between a noun and an adjective?” -asked Serjeant Parsing. - -“Certainly. A _noun_ is the name of a thing. An _adjective_ tells you -something about the thing the noun has named; whether it is large or -small, or what colour it is, or how much there is of it, or whether -there are few things or many, or something of that sort.” - -“Quite so; but can you find out at once, without much thinking, whether -a word is a noun or an adjective?” - -“If you can put an article before a word, then it is a noun,” answered -Adjective; “as, _a_ man, _the_ dog.” - -“Then when I say, ‘Pity the poor,’ of course _poor_ is a noun, is it?” - -“No,” said Adjective, quickly; “_poor_ is my word, I know, for you can -say _poor_ child, a _poor_ thing. ‘Pity the poor’ really means, ‘Pity -the poor people;’ but Mr. Noun is so stingy, that when he thinks the -sentence will be understood without his word, he just leaves it out, -and then people say the noun is _understood_.” - -“Exactly so; but your way of finding out a noun does not answer, you -see, for the first time I try it, you tell me the word I have found is -an adjective.” - -“It always answers unless there happens to be a word understood,” -replied Adjective, “and then it answers if you use your reason; for any -one would know that you are not asked to pity a thing called a _poor_, -but to pity poor people. But it is not fair, my lord,” continued -Adjective, turning to the Judge. “Here am I, a poor prisoner, unjustly -accused of stealing, and Mr. Parsing is trying to puzzle me as much as -he can.” - -“Not at all,” replied Serjeant Parsing. “I only want you to be sure -that you know clearly the difference between a noun and an adjective.” - -“I do,” answered Adjective, “quite clearly.” - -“Well, then, answer this question. What is the word _beauty_?” - -“Beauty?” repeated Adjective, getting rather red; “_beauty_ is a noun.” - -“Yes,” said Serjeant Parsing; “and _grace_, and _home_, and _duty_?” - -“They are all nouns,” answered Adjective, looking uncomfortable. - -“Yes; now another question. What is _beautiful_?” - -“Beautiful?” repeated Adjective, looking _very_ red now; “_beautiful_ -is an adjective.” - -“Very well. Now, Mr. Adjective,” said Serjeant Parsing, “kindly tell me -how you got the adjective _beautiful_?” - -“I made it,” answered Adjective, with his eyes on the ground. - -“How did you make it?” - -“I stuck _ful_ on to _beauty_. When I want to say a thing is full of -beauty I call it _beautiful_.” - -“And how did you get _beauty_, since it belongs to Mr. Noun?” asked -Serjeant Parsing. - -“I took it,” replied Adjective, still looking down. - -“Which means to say that you stole it. It is quite clear that you stole -it, and that you did the same to _grace_, _home_, _duty_, and others, -to make _graceful_, _homely_, _dutiful_, and the rest. My lord, I think -I need say nothing more: the prisoner himself owns that he took these -words; it only remains for you to give him his punishment.” - -The Judge looked very grave, and was beginning to say, “Mr. Adjective, -I am very sorry----” when Serjeant Parsing interrupted him, and said:-- - -“Please, my lord, I am going to take the other side now. Will you order -Mr. Noun to come forward to be questioned?” - -“Certainly,” said the Judge; and Mr. Noun approached. - -“Mr. Noun?” said Serjeant Parsing. - -“The same, sir,” said Mr. Noun; “all nouns belong to me.” - -“You know a noun when you see it?” - -“Of course I know my own words.” - -“And you know an adjective?” - -“Yes; an adjective is a word that tells something about one of my -nouns.” - -“Very good. Now can you tell me whether _happy_ is a noun?” - -“Certainly not. It is an adjective. You can say a happy boy, a happy -thing.” - -“Exactly so. Now will you tell me what _happiness_ is?” - -“Happiness,” repeated Mr. Noun, getting suddenly very red, for he saw -what was coming; “happiness is a noun, it is mine.” - -“Oh!” said Serjeant Parsing; “how did you get it?” - -“I made it.” - -“How?” - -“I joined _happy_ and _ness_ together.” - -“H’m!” said Serjeant Parsing. “I will not ask you where you found such -a silly word as _ness_, but _happy_ you said just now belongs to Mr. -Adjective, so of course you took it from him.” - -Mr. Noun did not answer, but looked down, exceedingly red and -uncomfortable. - -“My lord,” said Serjeant Parsing to the Judge, “need I say any more. -This Mr. Noun, who would have Adjective put in prison for stealing, -has been doing the very same thing himself. _Happiness_, _prettiness_, -_silliness_, _cleverness_, and almost all the words that end in _ness_, -are nouns made from adjectives. If Mr. Noun would give them all up, -I have no doubt Mr. Adjective would then give up his _beautiful_, -_useful_, _graceful_, and other adjectives that are made from nouns.” - -“No, no,” said the Judge; “I will have no giving up. When a word is -once made it is made for good, and instead of blaming those who take -their neighbour’s words to make new ones for themselves, I consider -that they are very much to be praised. Critics, untie Mr. Adjective’s -hands. Mr. Adjective, I am glad to hear you are so clever in making new -words, and I give you full permission to make as many more as you can, -by borrowing either from Mr. Noun or from any other Part-of-Speech. -Have you any other ending to put on besides _ful_?” - -“My lord,” said Adjective, whose hands were now untied, and who was -standing free and upright before the Judge, “my lord, I have a whole -string of tails which I keep ready to make adjectives with. Here are -some of them: _ful_, _like_, _ly_, _y_, _ous_, _less_, _en_, and _ern_; -and this is the way I stick them on: _beautiful_, _ladylike_, _manly_, -_dirty_, _poisonous_, _careless_, _golden_, _western_, and with your -lordship’s kind permission, I will make such words as often as I can.” - -“Do so,” replied the Judge. “And you, Mr. Noun, remember, that you -are to allow Adjective to take your words whenever he requires them, -for you ought to know that words in Grammar-land are not like pennies -in Matter-of-fact-land. _There_, if some one steals a penny from you, -he has it and you have not; but _here_, in Grammar-land, when any one -takes your words to make new ones, it makes him richer, but you are -none the poorer for it. You have _beauty_ still, although Mr. Adjective -has made _beautiful_; and you have _lady_, and _man_, and _gold_, -although Mr. Adjective has made _ladylike_, and _manly_, and _golden_. -You ought to have known this, Mr. Noun, and not to have accused Mr. -Adjective of stealing. Therefore, as a punishment, I require you to -send into Schoolroom-shire a list of nouns that may be made into -adjectives by the addition of some of Mr. Adjective’s tails.” - -The Judge then left the court, and this is the list that Mr. Noun sent -into Schoolroom-shire. - -_Nouns to be made into Adjectives._ - - Truth Lady Child Dirt - Faith Man Baby Wood - Hope Love Fool Fire - - Care Gold North Poison - Sleep Wood East Danger - Sense Silk West Virtue - -_Adjective endings that may be added to Nouns._ - - _ful_ _like_ or _ly_ _ish_ _y_ - _less_ _en_ _ern_ _ous_ (meaning - full of) - -[Illustration] - - - - -[Illustration] - -CHAPTER VII. - -THE QUARREL BETWEEN MR. ADJECTIVE AND MR. PRONOUN AND LITTLE -INTERJECTION. - - -[Illustration: - - ADJECTIVE-PRONOUN - A | P] - -It is sad to tell that nearly the first thing Mr. Adjective did when he -was set free was to have a quarrel with Pronoun. - -When the Judge came into court the next day he found them both much -excited. - -“It is mine, I know it is,” said Pronoun. - -“And I know it is mine,” cried Adjective. “I’ll ask the Judge if it is -not.” - -“I’ll ask him, too,” said Pronoun. “My lord,” he continued, coming -forward, “_her_ is mine, and Adjective wants to take it from me. But -when I claimed it in court before, he said nothing about it.” - -“I thought the more,” returned Adjective, “but I supposed that you -would give it up quietly without all this fuss in court.” - -“I would willingly give it up if it were yours,” said Pronoun; “but it -is not.” - -“It is,” cried Adjective, angrily; “I tell you it is.” - -“Silence!” said the Judge, sternly. “Brother Parsing, be kind enough to -question both Adjective and Pronoun, that we may know the cause of this -quarrel, and hear what each has to say for himself.” - -“Certainly, my lord,” answered Serjeant Parsing. “Adjective, what words -do you claim?” - -“_My_, _thy_, _his_, _her_, _its_, _our_, _your_, and _their_,” replied -Adjective. - -“Well, Mr. Pronoun, tell us how you make them out to be yours.” - -“Nothing is easier,” answered Pronoun. “These words stand instead of -nouns, and therefore they must be pronouns. When you say ‘_my thumb_,’ -my lord, you mean Judge Grammar’s thumb, so _my_ stands instead of -the noun Judge Grammar. And when you say, ‘Little Bo-peep has lost -_her_ sheep,’ you mean _little Bo-peep’s_ sheep, therefore _her_ stands -instead of _little Bo-peep_. So _my_ and _her_ are clearly pronouns; -and _thy_, _his_, _its_, _our_, _your_, _their_, are used in just the -same way, and therefore must be pronouns too.” - -“It would seem so,” said the Judge. “What has Mr. Adjective to say to -that?” - -“I will soon tell you, my lord,” replied Adjective. “You will, of -course, allow that an adjective is a word that may be used before a -noun, to tell something about the thing that the noun names. It has -been said that if you can put thing or things after a word, that word -(not counting _a_ or _the_, of course) is sure to be an adjective; -as, a _good thing_, a _bad thing_, _large things_, _little things_, -and so on. Well, I am sure you can say _my_ thing, _thy_ thing, _his_ -thing, _her_ thing, _its_ thing, _our_ thing, _your_ thing, and _their_ -thing. Therefore, _my_, _thy_, _his_, _her_, _its_, _our_, _your_, and -_their_, must be adjectives.” - -“H’m! It is all very well to say _must_,” remarked the Judge, “but then -Pronoun says they _must_ be pronouns. Are there any more of your words, -Mr. Pronoun, that Adjective claims in the same way?” - -“My lord,” answered Pronoun, “he claims all the words of mine that -may be used before a noun. _This_, _that_, _these_, and _those_, for -instance.” - -“Of course I do,” said Adjective; “for when you say _this_ bird, -_that_ horse, _these_ rabbits, _those_ people; _this_, _that_, _these_, -and _those_ are clearly used with a noun, but do not stand instead of -one.” - -“Ah!” said Pronoun, “but when you say ‘look at _this_,’ ‘take _that_,’ -‘may I have _these_?’ ‘burn _those_;’ _this_, _that_, _these_, and -_those_ are _not_ used _with_ a noun, but clearly stand _instead of_ -one, and therefore they are pronouns.” - -“It seems to me,” said the Judge, half to himself, “that sometimes they -are adjectives, and sometimes they are pronouns.” - -“That is just what I say, my lord,” cried Adjective, “and if you -will allow it, I think I know of a way that will make peace between -us directly. Let us call them _Adjective-Pronouns_, and have them -between us. When they are used, not with a noun, but instead of one, -then Pronoun may have them all to himself; but when they are used like -adjectives, before a noun, then we will have them between us, and call -them _Adjective-Pronouns_.” - -“That seems very fair,” replied the Judge, “and I certainly allow it. -Mr. Pronoun, be kind enough to give us a list of your words, and Mr. -Adjective will point out any that may be used as _Adjective-Pronouns_.” - -So Mr. Pronoun began: “_I_, _thou_, _he_, _she_, _it_, _we_, _you_, -_they_, _mine_, _thine_, _his_, _hers_, _its_, _ours_, _yours_, -_theirs_; _my_, _thy_, _his_, _her_, _its_, _our_, _your_, _their_.” - -“Those last eight are between us,” said Adjective, “for they can all be -used before a noun.” - -“_Myself_, _thyself_, _himself_, _herself_, _itself_, _ourselves_, -_yourselves_, or _yourself_, _themselves_,” said Pronoun, with a little -toss of his head, “those, at least, are all mine, Mr. Adjective.” - -“Continue repeating your words, sir,” said the Judge, sternly; “do not -stop to talk.” - -“_This_, _that_, _these_, _those_,” continued Pronoun. - -“Adjective-pronouns, all four of them,” remarked Mr. Adjective; “we -have shown that already.” - -“_Each_, _either_, _neither_, _one_, _other_,” continued Pronoun. - -“Stop,” said the Judge; “we have not had these words before. You must -give us some sentences to show that they are pronouns.” - -Pronoun replied:-- - - Two sparrows had a fight to-day, - _Each_ wished to take a worm away; - _One_ pulled at it, so did the _other_, - _Neither_ would yield it to his brother. - Had _either_ given up at least, - His brother would have had the feast; - But while they fought a thrush came by, - And with the worm away did fly. - -“There, my lord,” continued Pronoun, “all the words, _each_, _one_, -_other_, _neither_, _either_, stand for sparrow in those lines, and as -sparrow is a noun, they must be pronouns.” - -“They are adjective-pronouns sometimes,” remarked Mr. Adjective, “for -you can say, ‘_each_ boy,’ ‘the _other_ day,’ ‘on _either_ side.’” - -“Certainly,” said the Judge. “Have you any more, Mr. Pronoun?” - -“_Who_, _which_, _what_,” continued Pronoun. - -“You must show that they are pronouns,” said the Judge. - -“‘Here is the man _who_ shot the tiger,’” said Pronoun. “‘Here are two -apples; _which_ do you choose?’ ‘I know _what_ I want.’ _Who_ stands -instead of the _man_, because you could say, ‘Here is the man; the -man shot the tiger.’ _Which_ stands instead of one of the apples, and -_what_ stands instead of the thing that I want, whatever it may be.” - -“Yes,” said Serjeant Parsing. “But if _who_ and _what_ are used to ask -questions, as, ‘_who_ is there?’ ‘_what_ is that?’ then what do _who_ -and _what_ stand instead of?” - -“If you will answer the questions, and tell me who was really there, -and what that really was, then I will tell you what nouns _who_ -and _what_ stand instead of; but if you do not know any answer to -your own questions, then of course I cannot tell you what noun my -little pronouns stand for; I can only tell you they stand instead of -something, and therefore are pronouns.” - -“_Which_ and _what_ are used before nouns sometimes,” cried Adjective: -“‘_which_ way are you going?’ ‘_what_ bell is that?’ therefore they are -adjective-pronouns too.” - -“At any rate,” said Pronoun, haughtily, “_who_ is altogether mine, for -you cannot say, ‘who way,’ ‘who book,’ ‘who man,’ or anything of that -sort.” - -“Hoo! hoo! hoo! ha! ha! ha! he! he! he!” cried a voice among the crowd. -“Old Adjective beaten! hurrah! bravo!” - -Every one in the court looked round to see where such strange sounds -came from. - -“It is Interjection,” said Serjeant Parsing, angrily, making a dive -at the crowd behind him, to try and catch hold of some one in it. - -“Critics,” cried the Judge, “seize that fellow, and bring him here.” - -But that was more easily said than done, for little Interjection was -as quick and active as any street boy in London. He dodged in and out -amongst the other Parts-of-Speech, and was here, there, and everywhere, -till at last he tumbled up against Serjeant Parsing, who held him fast -till the Critics came up. He is such an odd little creature, that you -could hardly tell what he is like. One moment he is crying bitterly, -and the next he is in fits of laughter; when you look at him again he -is perhaps shrieking for fear, and in another minute he is standing on -his head for joy. He is so fond of standing on his head, that people -say he had his portrait taken so once (!), and that is why they put a -note of exclamation (!) after his words; but that is all nonsense, of -course. - -“Interjection!” said the Judge, sternly, “you are the last of all the -Parts-of-Speech, and have no business to interrupt the court now. Let -me not hear you again until your turn comes.” - -“Alas! alas!” cried Interjection, wringing his hands. “Mr. Parsing -says I am only a poor little fellow thrown in (that is what my name -interjection means, _thrown in_), to express surprise or fear, joy or -sorrow. When folks do not know what to say next, one of my little words -pops in, and poor Mr. Parsing is at his wit’s end to know what to do -with it, ah! ah! Off! off!” he cried, changing his tone, and suddenly -jerking himself out of the policeman’s hold. “Away! away!” he shouted, -springing to the door; and before they could catch him he was indeed -away, and they heard his “ha! ha! ha!” die away in the distance. - -Serjeant Parsing then turned to the Schoolroom-shire folks, and -asked them to mark off on their slates places for Mr. Noun, Pronoun, -Adjective, and little Article, and a corner somewhere for tiresome -Interjection; and while he read to them, to put down a stroke in the -right place for each word that they knew. “And when you come to an -adjective-pronoun used _with_ a noun,” continued Serjeant Parsing, “put -a stroke on the line that divides Adjective’s ground from Pronoun’s. -That will be like a little man sitting astride on the wall, with one -leg for Pronoun to pull and one for Adjective. Of course if it is used -_instead_ of a noun, and _not_ with one, then Mr. Pronoun must have the -stroke all to himself. Whichever Part-of-Speech gets the most strokes -gains the game.” - -This is what Serjeant Parsing read. - -“Alas! alas! that naughty boy,” said Harry’s mother, as she waited for -him to come back from school. “He must have gone to play with the other -boys at the big pond, and he will certainly fall in, for the boys are -sure to try the ice, and it is too thin to bear them yet. Oh! my poor, -dear boy! what shall I do? If he falls into the black, cold water, he -will certainly be drowned. My darling Harry! ah! why does he not come -home? If I had any one to send.... Why, there he is, I declare, with -his hands full of oranges. Oh! the naughty boy! I will give him a great -scolding. To give me a fright, and keep me waiting while he was buying -oranges! Harry, you are a naughty, careless, tiresome---- What! kissing -me, you little rogue, to stop my mouth. There! there! do not pull down -my hair, and never give your poor mother such a fright again; and now -come in and see the lovely Christmas-box I have for you.” - - - - -[Illustration] - -CHAPTER VIII. - -DR. VERB. - - -[Illustration: VERBS ARE OF 3 KINDS ACTIVE·PASSIVE & NEUTER--LINDLEY -MURRAY] - -The next Part-of-Speech called up before Judge Grammar, to give an -account of himself, was Dr. Verb. - -He came bustling up with an air of great importance. - -“My lord, my name is Verb. I am called Verb because _verb_ means -_word_, and the verb is the most important word, _the_ word, in fact, -in every sentence.” - -“The _most important word_!” cried Mr. Noun, interrupting him. “My -lord, he says the verb is the most important word in every sentence! -Why, Dr. Verb, you know that _you_ cannot give the name of a single -thing, for all names are nouns, and belong to me. The _verb_ the most -important word, indeed, when I have the name of everything!” - -“I know that,” answered Dr. Verb, “I know very well that when people -want to name a thing they must use a noun. But do you suppose that when -they have simply named a thing they have made a sentence? Not a bit of -it. To make a sentence you must tell something about the thing that you -have named; you must say whether it _is_ or _has_ or _does_ anything, -as: ‘Ice _is_ cold,’ ‘Puss _has_ a tail,’ ‘Blackbirds _sing_.’ _Is_, -_has_, _sing_, are verbs, and so are all words that speak of _being_, -_having_, or _doing_, and without some such word you cannot make a -sentence.” - -“You think so, Dr. Verb,” said the Judge, “but I should like it to be -proved. Brother Parsing, just call some of the other Parts-of-Speech -forward, and let them try to make a sentence without Dr. Verb.” - -“I will, my lord,” answered Serjeant Parsing. “Noun, Adjective, and -Article, be kind enough to step forward, and each of you give me a -word.” - -“_Sun_,” said Mr. Noun. - -“_Bright_,” said Adjective. - -“_The_,” said little Article. - -“Very good,” said Serjeant Parsing, “now I will put them together; -‘_sun bright the_;’ ‘_the bright sun_;’ ‘_the sun bright_.’ They do not -seem to make quite a proper sentence, my lord, any way.” - -“Of course not,” said Dr. Verb, interrupting; “for when you say ‘_the -bright sun_,’ which sounds the best of the three ways, you still have -not made a sentence, for you have not said whether the bright sun is -shining, or is not shining, or whether you can see it, or what it does. -‘_The sun bright_’ of course is nonsense; but say the sun _is_ bright, -and then you tell a fact about the sun, and you have made a sentence -fit to set before the king.” - -“You had better try Mr. Noun again, Brother Parsing,” said Judge -Grammar. “Perhaps he can give you a more convenient word.” - -Serjeant Parsing turned again to Mr. Noun, and asked for another word. - -“_Hippopotamus_,” answered Mr. Noun. Mr. Adjective gave _fat_. - -“Now, little Article, give me _a_,” said Serjeant Parsing, “and I will -put them together. ‘_Hippopotamus fat a_;’ ‘_a fat hippopotamus_;’ ‘_a -hippopotamus fat_.’ H’m! it sounds odd.” - -“‘_A fat hippopotamus_’ does not sound wrong,” put in Mr. Noun. - -“Not wrong, of course,” answered Dr. Verb. “You may mention a fat -hippopotamus, if you like, or any other animal, but unless you tell -something about it you have not made a sentence. Say that it _is_, or -_has_, or _did_ something, if you want to make a sentence; like ‘a -fat hippopotamus is here;’ or ‘a hippopotamus has a fat body;’ or, ‘a -hippopotamus ate me up,’ or, ‘swam away,’ or something of that sort. -Then you will have some famous sentences, but you will have had to use -verbs to make them, for _is_, _has_, _ate_, _swam_, are all verbs, for -they are all words that speak of _being_, _having_, or _doing_.” - -“How can we always find out if a word is a verb?” asked Serjeant -Parsing. - -“It is sure to be a verb if you can put a little _to_ before it,” -answered Dr. Verb; “_to be_, _to have_, _to do_, _to eat_, _to drink_, -_to swim_, _to fly_, _to speak_, _to think_, _to run_, _to dance_, _to -play_, _to sing_, _to sleep_, _to wake_, _to laugh_, _to cry_, _to -call_, _to fall_;” and Dr. Verb stopped, quite out of breath. - -“That sounds very easy,” said Serjeant Parsing. “Let me try it with the -words that you said were verbs; _to is_, _to has_, _to ate_, _to swam_.” - -“Stop, stop,” cried Dr. Verb; “not like that. You must not put _to_ -before any part of the verb you like. _Is_ is part of the verb _to be_, -_has_ is part of the verb _to have_.” - -“_Is_, part of the verb _to be_?” said Serjeant Parsing. “What do you -mean? why, the two words have not a single letter alike.” - -“True; but still they mean the same sort of thing. When a countryman -says ‘he _be_ a brave lad,’ he means the same thing as ‘he _is_ a -brave lad;’ or when he says, ‘I _be_ too tired,’ he means, ‘I _am_ -too tired.’ _Is_ and _am_ ought to be used according to the laws of -Grammar-land instead of _be_, but as they both express something about -_being_ they are said to be parts of the verb _to be_. In the same way -_has_ is part of the verb _to have_, _ate_ is part of the verb _to -eat_, and _swam_ is part of the verb _to swim_.” - -“That is very learned, I daresay,” said Serjeant Parsing, “but will you -kindly tell us, Dr. Verb, how we are to guess that _am_, or any other -word that has neither a _b_ nor an _e_ in it, is part of the verb _to -be_?” - -“You cannot _guess_, of course,” retorted Dr. Verb, sharply. “I never -said you were to guess. You must use your reason, to find out whether -they have the same sort of meaning. Or if you like it better, learn the -song that Mr. Pronoun and I have made up, to bring in all the different -parts of the verb.” - -“A song?” said Judge Grammar, in surprise. “I did not know that you -could sing, Dr. Verb; but let us hear your song, by all means.” - -“If you will not interrupt me, my lord, I will give you three verses of -it,” answered Dr. Verb. - -“No, we will not interrupt,” said the Judge. - -So Dr. Verb began:-- - -THE SONG OF THE VERB “TO BE.” - -_Present Tense._ - - I am - Thou art - He is - We are - You are - They are - -_Past Tense._ - - I was - Thou wast - He was - We were - You were - They were - -_Future Tense._ - - I shall be - Thou wilt be - He will be - We shall be - You will be - They will be - -When he had finished, every one burst out laughing. - -“And you call that singing, do you, Dr. Verb?” said the Judge. - -“Dr. Syntax, there, calls it _conjugating_, I believe,” said Dr. Verb; -“but I think _singing_ is a prettier and easier name for it.” - -“But it is not a song at all,” said the Judge, nearly laughing again; -“there is no tune in it, and no rhyme.” - -“It is the best that Pronoun and I could make alone,” said Dr. -Verb, angrily. “But it can be easily made to rhyme if the other -Parts-of-Speech will help. Listen. - -PRESENT TENSE. - - _I am_ an Englishman merry and bold, - _Thou art_ a foreigner out in the cold, - _He is_ a beggar-man hungry and old; - _We are_ not happy to see you out there, - _You are_ too snug and warm ever to care, - _They are_ at home with us now, I declare.” - -“That will do,” interrupted the Judge; “we do not want to hear any more -to-day. Another day I shall want to know what you mean by calling the -verses _Present Tense_, _Past Tense_, and _Future Tense_--why you have -just six of your words in each tense,--and whether other verbs can be -_conjugated_ in the same way.” - -“I can answer at once that they can, my lord,” said Dr. Verb. “Indeed, -very few verbs change as much as the verb _to be_, so that they are all -easier to _conjugate_; as, _I have_, _thou hast_, _he has_; _we have_, -_you have_, _they have_. _I live_, _thou livest_, _he lives_; _we -live_, _you live_, _they live_.” - -“Enough for to-day, Dr. Verb,” interrupted the Judge once more; “we -will hear about them next time. Meanwhile, as we shall have further -examination of this verb _to be_, I should like my friends in -Schoolroom-shire to make a copy of it, to bring with them. I shall also -request them to find out all the verbs in the following verses:-- - - “Sit to your task,” a father said, - “Nor play nor trifle, laugh nor talk, - And when your lesson well is read, - You all shall have a pleasant walk.” - He left the room, the boys sat still, - Each gravely bent upon his task, - But soon the youngest, little Will, - Of fun and nonsense chose to ask. - “My ball is lost,” the prattler cried, - “Have either of you seen my ball?” - “Pray mind your book,” young Charles replied. - “Your noisy words disturb us all.” - -The court then rose. - -[Illustration] - - - - -[Illustration] - -CHAPTER IX. - -DR. VERB’S THREE TENSES AND NUMBER AND PERSON. - - -[Illustration: TENSE OR TIME - - TIME - FUTURE - PAST - PRESENT] - -“Now, Dr. Verb,” said Judge Grammar, the next day, “we have well -examined this that you call your ‘Song of the verb To be.’” - -“Conjugation, my lord, if you like,” said Dr. Verb, bowing. - -“I _do_ like, certainly,” replied the Judge. “Conjugation is a much -better word than _song_--longer and more respectable, and in every way -more suited to Grammar-land. Con-ju-ga-tion--this conjugation of the -verb ‘to be.’ We require you to explain it.” - -“With pleasure, my lord. You see, it is divided into three verses.” - -“Verses!” exclaimed Serjeant Parsing. “You know it is not to be called -a song, Dr. Verb.” - -“Quite so, quite so,” said Dr. Verb, bowing again. “Well, Tenses, then. -It is divided into three tenses, the Present Tense, the Past Tense, -and the Future Tense, which mean the present time, the past time, and -the future time; and your lordship knows that all time must be either -present time, or past time, or future time. Just as when you are -reading a book. There is the part you have read, that is the past; the -part you are going to read, that is the future; and the part you are -reading now, that is the present.” - -“We understand,” said Judge Grammar; “but pray explain why you divide -your _verbs_ into these three parts.” - -“To show how my verbs change when they have to mark the present, past, -or future time. You see, the verb ‘to be’ takes _am_ for the present, -_was_ for the past, and adds on _will_ or _shall_ for the future. _I -am_ in the present time talking to your lordship. I _was_ in the past -time talking to your lordship. I _shall be_ in the future time talking -to your lordship.” - -“Indeed, I hope not,” cried the Judge, putting his hands to his ears. -“Pray do not go on forever talking to me. I have heard quite enough -of your voice already. Step back, and allow Mr. Pronoun to take your -place, and explain the rest of the conjugation to us.” - -“Allow me to say one thing more,” said Dr. Verb. “Please, Mr. Parsing, -whenever you see a _will_ or _shall_, or any other little verb put in -to show the time, will you remember that it is only a little helping -verb, used to make up the tense of some other verb, and therefore to be -counted in with that, and not taken alone.” - -“Just give an example of what you mean,” said Serjeant Parsing; “I do -not quite understand.” - -“I mean to say that when you see ‘he will go,’ you must take _will -go_ as part of the verb _to go_; and when you see _am coming_, _was -dancing_, _has eaten_, _had fought_, you must take them as parts of -the verbs to come, to dance, to eat, to fight. The first words, _am_, -_was_, _has_, _had_, are very good and respectable words by themselves, -of course; but when they are used with another verb, they are never -offended if you just take them as part of that other verb.” - -“Thank you. I will remember,” said Serjeant Parsing, laughing. “Now -please to stand back, and allow Mr. Pronoun to answer.--Mr. Pronoun, -pray why do you use these particular six words, _I_, _thou_, _he_, -_we_, _you_, and _they_, to make up Dr. Verb’s tenses?” - -“I use _I_ and _we_,” answered Pronoun, “to stand for the first person; -_thou_ and _you_ to stand for the second person; and _he_ and _they_ to -stand for the third person.” - -“What do you mean by the first person?” asked Serjeant Parsing. - -“My lord,” answered Mr. Pronoun, turning to Judge Grammar, “may I ask -you who is the first person in Grammar-land?” - -“_I_ am, of course,” answered the Judge. - -“That is what I find all my friends answer,” said Pronoun. “When I ask -them who is the most important, the first person in the world to them, -they say _I_ am; so my little _I_ stands for the person who is speaking -about himself, and I call it the _first_ person.” - -“Then who is the _second_ person?” asked the Judge. - -“_You_ are, my lord,” answered Pronoun, bowing politely. - -“You said just now that _I_ was the _first_ person,” said the Judge. - -“Yes, my lord,” replied Mr. Pronoun, putting his hand on his breast; -“_I_ first, and _you_ second.” - -“But it ought to be _I_ first, and _you_ second,” said the Judge, -angrily. - -“That is exactly what I said, my lord,” repeated Pronoun. “_I_ first, -and _you_ second.” - -The Judge was getting so angry, that Pronoun’s friends began to -tremble for his head, when suddenly Dr. Syntax rose and said: “The -first person is always the person speaking, and the second is the -person spoken to. Let every one in the court say, ‘_I_ am the first,’ -and we shall all be right, and all satisfied.” - -“_I_ first, _we_ first,” they all shouted; “and _you_, _you_, _you_, -only the second.” - -The noise was tremendous, and the Judge, finding himself only one -against a number, thought he had better turn the subject; and clapping -his hands loudly, to call for silence, he called out: - -“But if we are all firsts and seconds, pray where is the third person -to go?” - -“Oh, the third person,” said Pronoun, contemptuously, “is only the one -we are talking about. He may not be here, so it cannot matter if we -call him only the third person.” - -“And what is the use of your having pronouns to stand for all these -three persons in Dr. Verb’s tenses?” asked Serjeant Parsing. - -“Dr. Verb and I agree together to alter our words according to the -person they represent,” said Mr. Pronoun. “When my pronoun is in the -first person, Dr. Verb has to make his verb in the first person too. He -has to say _am_ when I have put _I_, and _are_ when I have put _we_. _I -is_, or _we art_, would make Dr. Syntax there very angry.” - -“And he would be rightly angry,” replied the Judge. “You know that very -well.” - -“Oh, I am not complaining, my lord,” answered Pronoun; “I was merely -stating a fact. Of course I am rather pleased than otherwise that Dr. -Verb should have to alter his words to make them agree with mine. -My pronouns show the person (that is why, you know, they are called -personal pronouns), and then Dr. Verb has to make his words agree with -them.” - -“Very fine!” remarked Serjeant Parsing, “But tell us, Mr. Pronoun, -why, when there are only three different persons, you should have six -different pronouns in each tense?” - -“Three of them are for the singular number, standing for only one--_I_, -_thou_, _he_,” replied Pronoun; “and the other three are for the plural -number, standing for as many as you like--_we_, _you_, and _they_.” - -“Singular number only one, _I_, _thou_, _he_; plural number more than -one, _we_, _you_, _they_;--that is it, is it not, Mr. Pronoun?” asked -Serjeant Parsing. - -“Yes, sir,” replied Pronoun, “that is it exactly; I could not have -explained it better myself. And whatever number the pronoun is, that -the verb must be also.” - -“You mean that when the pronoun only stands for one thing or person, -then both it and the verb that comes after it are said to be in the -singular number: is it not so?” said Serjeant Parsing. - -“Quite so, Mr. Parsing,” said Pronoun, delighted; “the verb has to -agree with the pronoun in number, just as it has to do in person. If my -pronoun stands for only one, then it and the verb are called singular -number; but if my pronoun stands for more than one thing, then it and -the verb are said to be in the plural number. You quite understand me, -I see, my dear Mr. Parsing, and I am sure you will take care to see -that the verb always agrees with me in number and person.” - -“Whenever it is proper that it should,” replied Serjeant Parsing, -gravely. - -“But it ought always to agree with my words when we are conjugating a -verb together,” said Pronoun, eagerly; “that is the very reason why it -is useful to conjugate verbs. In every tense you have the first person, -second person, and third person in the singular number; and the first -person, second person, and third person in the plural number; and then -you see how the verb alters each time to agree with the pronoun.” - -“It does not alter every time,” put in Dr. Verb; “in some tenses it -hardly alters at all. Just listen,--‘I had, thou hadst, he had, we -had, you had, they had; I lived, thou livedst, he lived, we lived, you -lived, they lived; I sang, thou sangest, he sang, we sang, you sang, -they sang; I rang, thou rangest, he rang, we rang, you rang, they -rang.’” - -“That will do, that will do, Dr. Verb,” cried the Judge. “We have had -your talking in the past tense, we do not want it in the present tense, -and if we should happen to require it in the future tense, we will let -you know another time. Instead of talking here, you had much better -go to Schoolroom-shire, and help the people there to write out the -present, past, and future tenses of the verbs you have mentioned--_to -have_, _to live_, _to sing_, _to ring_; and show them how the words -alter, not only to mark the different times, but to agree with Mr. -Pronoun’s words in number and person.” - -“I shall be most happy, my lord,” said Dr. Verb; “but Mr. Pronoun must -come too, to help me.” - -“With great pleasure, my dear Doctor,” said Mr. Pronoun, gaily: “there -is no one in Grammar-land I can work with so easily as you, because you -agree with me so beautifully.” - -Then, bowing to the Judge, he and Dr. Verb walked out of the court, -arm-in-arm, humming the present tense of the verb _to be_, and the -Schoolroom-shire people, with their help, easily wrote out the four -verbs mentioned,--_to have_, _to live_, _to sing_, and _to ring_. - - - - -[Illustration] - -CHAPTER X. - -SERJEANT PARSING IN SCHOOLROOM-SHIRE AGAIN. - - -[Illustration: A · GOOD ♥ IS · BETTER THAN · RICHES] - -Before the court met again, Serjeant Parsing paid another visit to -Schoolroom-shire. - -“My dear young friends,” he said, “will you kindly get your slates, -and divide them into four parts, writing at the top of each part, the -name of Mr. Noun, Mr. Pronoun, Mr. Adjective, and Dr. Verb. Then cut -off two corners somewhere, for little ragged Article and Interjection. -Then listen to the following story, and when any word that you know -is read out, give a mark to the Part-of-Speech to whom it belongs. If -you come to an adjective-pronoun, of course you must put a little man -astride between Mr. Pronoun’s ground and Mr. Adjective’s; and whenever -you come to a verb, please to say whether it is in the present, past, -or future tense. When you have done, we will count up, and see which -Part-of-Speech has gained the most marks. - -“This is the story:-- - -“THE TWO NEIGHBOURS. - -“A man lived by his labour; and as he had strong arms and a brave -heart, he supported, easily, his wife, his little children, and himself. - -“But a famine came upon the land, and work failed. - -“The man spent all the money which he had saved, until he had not a -penny to buy food for his children. - -“Then he went to a rich neighbour, and said: ‘My little children are -crying for food, and I have no bread to give them. Help me.’ - -“And the rich man said:-- - -“‘I am a just man; I always pay my debts; but I owe you no money. Go! I -cannot give you charity.’ - -“Then the poor man went to another neighbour, almost as poor as himself. - -“‘Give me food for my little children,’ he said. - -“‘Brother,’ said the poorer neighbour, ‘we have not much ourselves, but -you shall share with us as long as a crust of bread remains.’ - -“Then they divided between them the little food that was left, and that -food lasted until the hard times had passed.” - -[Illustration] - - - - -[Illustration] - -CHAPTER XI. - -THE NOMINATIVE CASE. - - -[Illustration: THE NOMINATIVE CASE - -THE·STAG·RUNS] - -The next day, Dr. Verb came bustling into the court, looking very -cross, and calling out loudly for justice. - -“What is the matter?” asked the Judge; “state your case quietly.” - -“It is not _my_ case, it is Pronoun’s case, that is the matter,” -answered Dr. Verb; “though I do not say it is his fault. We should get -on very well if people would only mind their own business.” - -“If you will not tell me the state of the case clearly, I cannot help -you,” said the Judge. - -“Well, my lord, if you will listen for a minute, I will try to -explain it, so that every one can understand. As you know very well, -I am constantly agreeing with Mr. Pronoun. I showed you how I alter -to suit his number and person, and it is only fair that he should -alter sometimes to suit me. I only agree with him when he is in the -‘Nominative Case.’” - -At the words “Nominative Case” there was a real cry of horror from -nearly every one in court. You might have thought they had all turned -into interjections, they made such a fuss. - -“Nominative Case!” cried Noun; “shame, shame!” - -“Shameful! awful! shocking!” cried Adjective. - -“Fie! fie! fie!” cried Interjection, and turned three times over head -and heels. - -“Pray do not use such words, Dr. Verb,” said Judge Grammar, “but tell -us what you mean.” - -“Really, my lord,” said Dr. Verb, “I did not mean any harm. Nominative -is not such a _very_ long word, that people should make such a fuss -about it. I am sure the ladies and gentlemen of the jury will not be -angry at my using it.” - -“That depends on how you explain it,” said the Judge; “What does it -mean?” - -“It means the person or thing that _is_ or _does_ whatever my verb says -about him. _The cat purrs_. It is the _cat_ that does what the verb -mentions. You have only to put ‘who’ before the verb in any sentence, -and the answer will give you the Nominative. ‘Who purrs?’ The answer is -the _cat_, so _cat_ is the nominative to the verb _purrs_. That is the -way that _I_ find out whom I am to make my verb agree with.” - -“Is that _your_ way, Brother Parsing?” asked the Judge. - -“Yes, my lord,” answered Serjeant Parsing, “that is my way, and -therefore, of course, it is the best way. My way is always the best -way. Now there is a sentence all ready for you: _My way is always the -best way._ I’ll find the nominative before you can dot an _i_. ‘_What_ -is always the best way?’ Answer, _my way_ is always the best way;--so -_my way_ is the Nominative.” - -“But you asked ‘what?’ not ‘who?’ there, Brother Parsing,” remarked the -Judge. - -“Because _way_ is a thing, not a person, my lord. When we are talking -of a thing, then we ask ‘what?’ instead of ‘who?’ If you said ‘the -pudding is boiling in the pot,’ I should say ‘_what_ is boiling?’ -not ‘_who_ is boiling?’ for I should hope you would not be boiling -a _person_ in a pot, unless you were the giant in Jack and the -Beanstalk.” - -“Fi! fo! fum!” said Interjection, standing on his head, and clapping -his heels together. - -“Silence, sir!” cried the Judge. “Brother Parsing, please not to talk -about giants till we have done with the Nominative Case. Has any -gentleman anything more to explain about it?” - -“Please, my lord,” said Pronoun, “Dr. Verb complains that he has to -agree with me when I am in the Nominative Case. But he has to agree -with Mr. Noun just as much. It is no matter what part of speech stands -as the Nominative in a sentence, Dr. Verb must agree with it; so he -need not grumble at me more than at any one else.” - -“I am not grumbling at you----,” Dr. Verb began. - -“Wait a minute, Dr. Verb,” interrupted the Judge; “let us first fully -understand this case. You say there is a verb in every sentence?” - -“Certainly, my lord,” said Verb. - -“And there is a Nominative in every sentence?” - -“Exactly so, my lord,” answered Serjeant Parsing. - -“And this Nominative may be a noun or a pronoun?” continued the Judge. - -“It may, my lord,” chimed in both Mr. Noun and Mr. Pronoun. - -“And this verb must agree with this Nominative, whether it likes or -not?” asked the Judge. - -At that question Dr. Syntax suddenly started up like a jack-in-the-box, -and standing bolt upright, said, “A verb must agree with its Nominative -case in number and person. A verb must agree with its Nominative case -in number and person;” and then sank down again. - -“Ah!” said the Judge. “Very good. So you see, Dr. Verb, when you have -a sentence like ‘ducks swim in ponds,’ you are first to find your own -word swim, then to put _who_ or _what_ before it--‘who swim?’ or ‘what -swim?’ The answer will be _ducks_, the Nominative. Then you are to -be sure that the verb agrees with it. You must say ‘ducks swim,’ not -‘ducks swims;’ and as ducks is the third person and plural number, swim -will be third person and plural number too.” - -“Please, my lord,” said Pronoun, “when I am Nominative you need very -seldom take the trouble to ask any question to find out the Nominative, -for most of my words show at once what they are in. _I_, _thou_, _he_, -_she_, _we_, and _they_ will never allow themselves to be used except -as Nominatives. They were born Nominatives, they say, and will not -degrade themselves by being anything else. They are rather angry with -_you_ for letting people use _him_ in any way they like, but he is a -good-natured little fellow, and does not mind any more about the case -than he does about being called singular when he is really plural. -But _I_, _thou_, _he_, _she_, _we_, and _they_, are exceedingly -particular, and always are and will be Nominatives, so you need not ask -any question when you see one of them in a sentence.” - -“You may just as well make it a rule to ask ‘who?’ or ‘what?’ in every -sentence, to find the Nominative,” said Serjeant Parsing. “It is such -an easy way of finding the case that a baby in arms could understand -it.” - -“Tut! tut! tut! tut!” laughed Interjection again. - -“Oh! be quiet, do!” said Serjeant Parsing; “and, my lord, if the ladies -and gentlemen of Schoolroom-shire like to find out the Nominatives in -these verses----” - -“Yes,” said the Judge; “hand them up, brother. No, do not begin again, -Dr. Verb; no more complaints to-day. And remember, friends, that in -these lines every verb must have a Nominative, unless there is a -little _to_ before the verb. Then it has none--it does not agree with -anything. And remember, too, that every noun or pronoun that is in the -Nominative case is to get an extra mark on your slates. I wish you -good-morning, gentlemen.” - -So saying, the Judge rose. The verses were handed to the people of -Schoolroom-shire, and the court was cleared. - -SERJEANT PARSING’S VERSES. - - The hen guards well her little chicks, - The useful cow is meek; - The beaver builds with mud and sticks, - The lapwing loves to squeak. - - In Germany they hunt the boar, - The bee brings honey home; - The ant lays up a winter store, - The bear loves honeycomb. - - I lost my poor little doll, dears, - As I played on the heath one day; - And I cried for her more than a week, dears, - But I never could find where she lay. - - The maidens laughed, the children played, - The boys cut many capers, - While aunt was lecturing the maid, - And uncle read the papers. - -[Illustration] - - - - -[Illustration] - -CHAPTER XII. - -ADVERB. - - -[Illustration: LUCY READS VERY OFTEN - -ADVERB] - -“Now Dr. Verb,” said Judge Grammar, next day, “I am ready to hear what -is your great complaint against Pronoun.” - -“Why, my lord, when he is in the Objective Case----” - -“I object, I object!” exclaimed the Judge, while a general murmur of -disapproval ran through the court. “No, no, we have had enough with the -Nominative Case; we will not have another case brought in. You ought -to be ashamed of yourself, sir, to keep us listening to your nonsense -about an Objective case, while your devoted friend Adverb is waiting to -be heard. Sit down, and let Adverb speak.” - -“Devoted friend!” muttered Dr. Verb, as he obeyed. “I am sure I often -wish he would leave me alone. He sticks on to me so tight sometimes, -that we look like one instead of two, and he is a good weight to carry. -Besides, he is always teasing by asking _why_, and _when_, and _how_ -everything is done. Friend, indeed!” - -But Adverb did not hear what Dr. Verb was muttering. He came forward, -bowing politely, and rubbing his hands together, as if he were washing -them. - -“_Very much_ obliged, indeed,” he said, smoothly; “_very_ kind of my -friend Dr. Verb to give way to me! _So_ like him!” - -“You seem to be fonder of him than he is of you,” remarked the Judge. -“Pray, why do you follow him so closely?” - -“I like to hear what he says, and to point out to others _how -exceedingly well_ he speaks,” answered Adverb. - -“He is always exaggerating my words,” grumbled Dr. Verb. “If I say I -like anything, Adverb puts in _very much indeed_ or _extremely well_, -or some such silly words; or, if he is in a bad temper, then he flatly -contradicts me, and says, _no_, or _not_, or _never_. If I say _will_, -he adds _not_, and makes it _will not_; if I say _can_, he makes it -_cannot_, even sticking his word on to mine as if it were part of it. -Sometimes he does worse. He actually dares to alter my word after he -has stuck his tail on to it, and so he makes _will not_ into _won’t_, -_cannot_ into _can’t_, _shall not_ into _sha’n’t_, and so on. The -_wo’_, and _ca’_, and _sha’_, is all he has left me, and the _n’t_ is -his.” - -“Has he always treated you in this way?” asked the Judge. - -“As long as I can remember, my lord,” answered Dr. Verb. “That is why, -when we were at school together, the boys called him _Adverb_, because -he was always _adding_ his words on to mine. And he has kept the name -ever since.” - -“Your lordship must remember,” remarked Adverb, in a mild tone, still -rubbing his hands very smoothly together, “that Dr. Verb is _rather_ -out of temper this morning, and is, _perhaps_, _not quite_ just. For -_indeed_ it is a fact that I make his words _much more_ useful than -they _otherwise_ would be. Besides, I treat Mr. Adjective in _much_ the -same way, and he does not complain.” - -“It is quite true,” remarked Adjective, coming forward, delighted to -get a chance of using his tongue; “it is quite true that Adverb has -his word to say about me, just as much as about Dr. Verb. He is always -putting _very_, _quite_, _more_, _most_, and words of that sort, before -my adjectives, and exaggerating them: as, _very_ beautiful, _quite_ -charming, _more_ obstinate, _most_ provoking, and I do not complain of -him for that. But one thing I do complain of, my lord, and that is, -that Adverb will take my words, right good adjectives, stick a _ly_ on -to them, and call them his adverbs. For instance, he takes _bright_, -puts _ly_ to it, and makes it _brightly_; he takes _bad_, and makes -it _badly_; _nice_, and makes it _nicely_; _beautiful_, and makes it -_beautifully_.” - -Judge Grammar at this held up his forefinger, and solemnly shook his -head, till he nearly shook his wig off. - -“Mr. Adjective, Mr. Adjective!” he said, “I am surprised at you. You -complain of Adverb for doing the very thing that you do yourself. We -all know that you keep your pockets full of tails ready to stick on to -your neighbours’ words--_ful_, _ous_, _able_, _like_, _ly_, and plenty -more, and you use them as often as you can with other people’s words. -But when Adverb uses his one little _ly_ with _your_ words, then you -are up in arms directly. And yet you know very well that according to -the laws of Grammar-land every Part-of-Speech may make as many new -words out of old ones as he likes, and is to be praised, not blamed, -for it. Adverb may put his _ly_ on to as many of your words as he can, -and you have no right to find fault. I wonder at both you and Dr. Verb. -You ought to agree with Adverb better.” - -“We none of us agree with him,” remarked Pronoun, “nor he with us.” - -“He certainly has no number, or person, or case,” replied the Judge; -“but he is none the worse for that. He gives Serjeant Parsing less -trouble than some of you. What did you say about asking questions, -Adverb?” - -“I teach the game of _how_, _when_, and _where_,” replied Adverb; -“_how_, _when_, and _where_, are all my words, and so are the answers -to them. - - _How_ do you like it? pray you tell? - _Not too much_, _extremely well_. - _When_ do you like it, tell me _when_? - _To-day_, _to-morrow_, _now_, and _then_. - _Where_ do you like it, answer fair? - _Here_ and _there_ and _everywhere_. - -All these words that answer _how_, _when_, and _where_, are mine,” -continued Adverb, “and so are the forfeit words _yes_, _no_, or _nay_.” - -“Ah! but _black_, _white_, and _grey_ are mine,” said Adjective, -interrupting; “and please, your lordship, you were mistaken in saying -that Adverb has only one tail, _ly_, to put on to other people’s words. -What do you think of _upwards_, _downwards_, _homeward_, _forward_?” - -“Yes, they are certainly adverbs,” said the Judge, “and you might say -that _wards_ and _ward_ are the tails he has added on to _up_, _down_, -_home_, _for_; but these words are not yours, Mr. Adjective, so you -have no right to interfere.” - -“Well, my lord,” replied Adjective, “at any rate I have a right to -speak about _once_, _twice_, _thrice_, for Adverb has stolen them from -my _one_, _two_, _three_.” - -“_Once_, _twice_, _thrice_,” repeated the Judge; “is that all?” - -“He has not got a word for four times,” answered Adjective; “_once_, -_twice_, _thrice_, and _away_, is all that he can say.” - -“Then I think,” said the Judge, “that you ought to be ashamed to grudge -them to him, when you have _one_, _two_, _three_, and as many more -as you can count; besides _first_, _second_, _third_, _fourth_, and -all that list. I do not like such greedy ways, and as a punishment, I -order you to hand up a list of adjectives to be turned into adverbs. -Our friends may take them to Schoolroom-shire and put a _ly_ to each -of them; then they will be adverbs, and will answer to one of Adverb’s -questions, _how_, _when_, or _where_.” - -This is the list Mr. Adjective made out. - - quick - bright - soft - strong - distinct - clear - neat - sharp - sudden - late - punctual - regular - sly - cunning - false - true - pretty - dainty - funny - free - happy - awful - - - - -[Illustration] - -CHAPTER XIII. - -PREPOSITION. - - -[Illustration: UP A LADDER - -DOWN THE HILL - -PREPOSITIONS·] - -“_To_, _from_, _of_, _for_, _over_, _under_, _on_, _near_, _at_, _by_, -_in_, _among_, _before_, _behind_, _up_, _down_---- Pray, who is the -owner of all these little creatures?” said Judge Grammar, the next day. -“Mr. Noun, are they yours?” - -“No, indeed, my lord,” answered Mr. Noun, “they are not the names of -any one or anything that I ever heard of.” - -“Dr. Verb, are they yours?” - -“I should not object to having them, my lord,” answered Dr. Verb, “if -I could do anything with them; but they seem to me neither _to be_ nor -_to do_, nor _to suffer_ any----” - -“That will do,” interrupted the Judge, afraid that Dr. Verb was -beginning one of his long speeches. “Mr. Adjective, do you claim them?” - -“They do not qualify anything, my lord,” answered Adjective; “indeed, -they seem to me _poor_, _useless_, _silly_, _little_----” - -“We do not want you to qualify them, thank you,” said the Judge, “but -to tell us if they are yours. Article, we know, has only _a_ or _an_ -and _the_, so they cannot be his. Mr. Pronoun, do they belong to you?” - -“No, my lord,” answered Pronoun. “As Mr. Noun has nothing to say to -them, neither have I. They do not stand instead of any name.” - -“Well,” said the Judge, “we know they do not belong to that tiresome -little Interjection. Are they yours, Adverb?” - -“I should be _extremely_ glad to have them, my lord,” answered Adverb, -smoothly washing his hands, as usual. “I have no doubt I could make -them _exceedingly_ useful----” - -“That is not what I asked,” said the Judge; “are they yours?” - -“I cannot say they are _exactly_ mine,” said Adverb; “but----” - -“That is all we want to know,” interrupted the Judge. Then raising his -voice, he continued: “If there is any one in this court to whom these -words, ‘to, from, of, for,’ etc., do belong, let him come forward.” - -At these words, a sharp, dapper little fellow stepped forward, and -looking around the court with a triumphant air, exclaimed, “They belong -to me.” - -“And who are you?” - -“Preposition, my lord. My position is just before a noun or pronoun. My -words point out to them their proper position. I keep them in order.” - -“You keep them in order?” said Judge Grammar, looking down at him -through his spectacles; “how can a little mite like you keep Mr. Noun -in order?” - -“Little or big, my lord, that’s what I do,” said Preposition. “I settle -the position of every one and every thing, and show whether they are to -be _on_ or _under_, _to_ or _from_, _up_ or _down_.” - -“_Kindly_ forgive me for interrupting you,” said Adverb, coming -forward. “I _really_ must remark that _up_ and _down_ are my words.” - -“How do you make out that?” asked the Judge. - -“I will show you _directly_, my lord,” answered Adverb. “By the help -of my questions _how_, _when_, and _where_, which, you know, I alone -can answer. If you say, ‘sit up,’ I ask, ‘_how_ am I to sit?’ The -answer is, ‘_up_.’ ‘Lie down;’ ‘_how_ am I to lie?’ The answer is, -‘_down_.’ _Up_ and _down_, therefore, answer to my question _how_, and -are mine.” - -“Stop a minute,” said Preposition. “I also can answer to your favourite -questions _how_, _when_, and _where_. Listen:-- - - _How_ do you like it? tell me true. - Made _of_ sugar, dressed _in_ blue. - _When_ do you like it? answer me. - _At_ my dinner; _after_ tea. - _Where_ do you like it? say, if you’re able. - _On_ my lap or _under_ the table?” - -“_Really_,” said Adverb, smiling politely, “that is _very cleverly_ -done. But allow me to make _just_ one remark. You have not answered -one single question without the help of some other part of speech. Mr. -Noun has helped you with ‘sugar,’ ‘dinner,’ ‘tea,’ ‘lap,’ ‘table;’ Mr. -Adjective lent you ‘blue;’ Mr. Pronoun, ‘my;’ and so on. Now I, without -any help, answer the questions quite alone.” - -“You cannot expect a little fellow like me to stand quite alone,” said -Preposition; “I don’t pretend to do it. I told you at first that my -right position is before a noun or pronoun, or some such word. All I -mean is that I help to answer the questions, and that neither Mr. Noun -nor Mr. Pronoun could answer them without me.” - -“Is that true, Brother Parsing?” asked the Judge. - -“Quite true, my lord,” answered the learned Serjeant. “When I find the -questions ‘how?’ ‘when?’ or ‘where?’ answered by one word alone, I put -that word down to Adverb. But when I find them answered by Mr. Noun or -Mr. Pronoun, helped by another little word, then I know that that other -little word belongs to Preposition.” - -“Yes, my lord,” continued Preposition; “so if you say ‘_up_ a ladder’ -or ‘_down_ a hill,’ _up_ and _down_ are mine; they show your position -on the ladder or the hill; they are the little prepositions put before -Mr. Noun’s words _ladder_ and _hill_. But, of course, if you were to -ask how I am to step _up_ or _down_? then Adverb could call up and down -_adverbs_, because they are added on to the verb ‘step,’ and they have -nothing to do with a noun or a pronoun.” - -“_Precisely_,” said Adverb; “my friend Preposition is _perfectly_ -correct. I _immensely_ admire my young friend, although he does not -move in _quite so_ select a circle as myself.” - -“Don’t I?” said Preposition, with a knowing little nod. - -“I think Mr. Noun quite as good company as Dr. Verb, any day. Besides, -even grand Dr. Verb is glad enough to have my little _to_ to put before -his verbs. When he makes up his ‘songs,’ as he calls them, he always -puts my little _to_ before the name at the top. He is glad enough -to have it to point out his verbs, and does not despise me at all, -though I do not stick on to him like a leech, as some people do;” and -Preposition nodded his head very fast a great many times at Adverb. - -“Dr. Verb does not agree with you, though,” remarked Pronoun, quietly. - -“No,” said Preposition, “I do not alter for him, nor he for me. But he -does not agree with Adverb either. Poor Adverb agrees with nobody, and -nobody agrees with him; and he, poor fellow! cannot govern anybody, -either. Now I govern every noun or pronoun that I come before, for I -put them in the Objective Case.” - -“I object,” cried the Judge. “I will not have that word brought into -court. I said so before, and I say so again. Nominative Case is bad -enough, but Objective Case is enough to turn a brown wig grey in a -single night. Break up the court! Critics, clear the room!” - -And Judge Grammar rose hastily from his seat, and stalked angrily out, -while all the Parts-of-Speech stood looking speechlessly at each other -till the policemen came, bundled them all out, and locked the doors -behind them. - -In spite of the hurry, however, Serjeant Parsing managed to hand up to -the people of Schoolroom-shire the following verses, begging the ladies -and gentlemen there to find out all the prepositions in them, and to -count how many lines there are in which Preposition has nothing to say. - -THE FAIRY-RING. - - Beside a bluebell on the heath, - Among the purple heather, - A fairy lived, and crept beneath - The leaves in windy weather. - - She drank the dewdrops from the stalk, - She peeped into the flower; - And then she went to take a walk, - Or ride for half-an-hour. - - She rode upon a cricket’s back, - She came before the Queen, - The fairy Queen, with all her court, - Within the forest green. - - They had a dance upon the grass, - Till larks began to sing; - And where they danced, as all may know - They left a fairy-ring. - - Oh, pretty fairies! why not stay, - That we at you may peep? - Why will you only dance and play - When we are fast asleep? - -[Illustration] - - - - -[Illustration] - -CHAPTER XIV. - -PREPOSITIONS GOVERN THE OBJECTIVE CASE. - - -[Illustration: LOOK AT ME - -PREPOSITIONS GOVERN THE OBJECTIVE CASE] - -“When the Parts-of-Speech found themselves so suddenly turned out of -the court, they collected in a group before the door, and looked at -each other in astonishment.” - -“Here is a pretty thing!” said Mr. Noun, indignantly. “Fine way to -treat us, indeed!” - -“And after all, I only said what is true,” said Preposition. “I do put -every noun or pronoun that comes after my words in the Objective Case, -do I not, Dr. Syntax?” - -“Prepositions govern the Objective Case,” said Dr. Syntax, in his usual -monotonous voice; then lifting his spectacles, he twisted his head -round to look at Preposition, and actually deigned to explain his words -by saying: “Whatever noun or pronoun a preposition is placed before and -refers to, must be in the Objective Case.” - -“Speak to him,” murmured Serjeant Parsing, as if he were talking to -himself: “_him_, a pronoun, objective case, governed by the preposition -_to_.” - -“Mr. Pronoun, you hear that!” exclaimed Mr. Noun. “This little -Preposition is said to govern us, you and me, in the Objective Case. -Very impertinent, on my word!” - -“On my word!” again muttered Serjeant Parsing. “Word, a noun, Objective -Case, governed by the preposition _on_.” - -“However, it does not matter to me,” continued Mr. Noun, without taking -any notice of Serjeant Parsing. “It will make no difference to me;” and -he turned away, with his hands in his pockets, and began to whistle a -tune. - -“It does matter to me, though,” said Pronoun, “for I have to alter my -words according to the case they are in. _I_ is only in the nominative -case, _me_ in the objective; _we_ is nominative, _us_ objective; _he_ -nominative, _him_ objective, and so on. You cannot say ‘look at _I_;’ -you must say ‘look at _me_.’” - -“Look at me,” echoed Serjeant Parsing, in the same quiet tone: “_me_, -Objective Case, governed by the preposition _at_.” - -“Quite so,” continued Pronoun, turning to Serjeant Parsing. “I am -objective there, I cannot help it; I must be objective after a -preposition.” - -“Yes,” said Serjeant Parsing, aloud, “and it is very convenient for me -that you must. It often helps me to find out whether a word is really -a preposition or no. I just try whether it wants _I_ or _me_ after it. -Take _when_ or _if_, for instance. You can say, when _I_ go, if _I_ -were; so _when_ and _if_ are not prepositions. But you cannot say ‘for -I,’ or ‘from I;’ you must have the Objective Case, and say for _me_, -from _me_; so _for_ and _from_ are prepositions governing the Objective -Case.” - -“You had better take care,” said Preposition; “you keep on saying -Objective Case, and if you say it before Judge Grammar, you know you -will get us all into trouble again.” - -“Oh, never fear,” said Serjeant Parsing; “the Judge will listen to us -patiently enough, next time. Besides, he must hear about Objective -Case, whether he likes it or no, because the prize will partly depend -upon it.” - -“The prize! what prize?” cried every one. - -“Listen. There is to be a grand trial or examination soon. All -the Schoolroom-shire children are to be invited, and all you -Parts-of-Speech are to make up a story between you. You will each get -a mark for every word you give, and whoever gets the most marks will -get----” - -“Yes, what? what will he get?” they all cried out eagerly. - -“Ah! that is a secret. What I want to tell you is, that any word that -governs another will get an extra mark. For instance, when I say -‘Listen to me,’ the preposition _to_ puts _me_ in the Objective Case, -so _to_ will get an extra mark.” - -“That is splendid!” cried little Preposition, clapping his hands and -jumping about for joy. “I always govern a noun or pronoun in the -Objective Case, so I shall get two marks every time I come in.” - -“Not quite so sure,” interrupted Dr. Verb. “Sometimes you come before -a verb, _to_ eat, _to_ sleep, _to_ fly, and then you can only get one -mark, for you do not govern me, my little dear, seeing that verbs do -not have a case at all.” - -“Ah, but you have to agree with your Nominative Case, Dr. Verb,” said -Pronoun; “so I suppose, when I am nominative, I shall have an extra -mark, for I might be said to govern you in a sort of way.” - -“No, no,” said Serjeant Parsing, putting in his word, “you are not said -to govern Dr. Verb; he agrees with you, that is all; but the Nominative -Case, being a very honourable one, will always get two marks.” - -“Then,” said Mr. Noun, suddenly stopping his whistling and taking an -interest in the conversation, “I am of course to get two marks for -every noun in the Nominative Case?” - -“Certainly,” answered Serjeant Parsing. - -“And in the Objective Case also?” asked Mr. Noun. - -“No, no,” said Serjeant Parsing, laughing; “that would be too much of -a good thing, since your words are nearly always either nominative or -objective. No, no; on the contrary, the Objective Case, being governed -by other words (even such little trifles as prepositions), is not -considered at all an honourable case, and therefore will not only give -a noun or pronoun no extra marks, but will take away one of those it -already has. For instance, if I am parsing ‘Come to me,’ and I give Mr. -Pronoun a mark for _me_, I must strike out that mark as soon as I find -that _me_ is in the Objective Case, and must give it to Preposition for -his little word _to_, which governs _me_.” - -Mr. Noun and Mr. Pronoun both looked very dismal at these tidings, and -then Mr. Noun said:-- - -“I hope no one else except Preposition can put me into the Objective -Case.” - -“O yes, indeed, I can,” cried Dr. Verb, bustling up, eagerly; but -Serjeant Parsing stopped him. - -“No, no, Dr. Verb,” he said, “we are not going to begin that question. -No notice will be taken of any noun or pronoun’s being in the Objective -Case, unless it is governed by a preposition. That is the rule for -this trial; another time, perhaps, your rights will be considered.” - -Serjeant Parsing then took the following lines to Schoolroom-shire, -that every Objective Case governed by a preposition might be found -out:-- - - Tom called for me, I went with him, - We climbed upon a rock; - There over the sea we looked for thee, - Till seven of the clock. - And then a white sail over the main, - Brought back our sailor-boy again. - -Fill up the blanks with a noun or pronoun, and say whether it will be -nominative or objective. - -.... went for a walk yesterday, .... walked through a dark .... under -tall ....; suddenly, when .... were in a very lonely ...., .... heard -the steps of some .... crashing through the .... “What can it be?” .... -cried .... stopped to listen; the .... came nearer, two bright eyes -gleamed at us through the ...., and in another .... out bounded, with a -deep .... that made echoes all round us, our own dear old ...., who had -broken his chain, escaped from the ...., and had come out to look for -.... - - - - -[Illustration] - -CHAPTER XV. - -CONJUNCTION. - - -[Illustration: - - AND - BUT - SO - &c - -BE GOOD AND YOU·WILL·BE·HAPPY - -CONJUNCTION] - -“My lord,” said Serjeant Parsing, the next time that the court -assembled, “I must beg for your assistance. I have here a story--a very -excellent story, as it seems to me; but somehow or other it will not go -right--it has what you might call a jerky sound--as if you were riding -over a corduroy road in a cart without springs, and were trying to talk -between the bumps. I have asked all the Parts-of-Speech that are in -court to help me, but none of them can give me any assistance.” - -“Read the story aloud,” said the Judge, “and let us hear it.” - -So Sergeant Parsing read-- - -“THE EAGLE ... THE RAVEN. - -“An eagle pounced on a little lamb .... carried it off in his claws. A -raven saw him fly .... thought he could do the same; .... he chose out -the best .... biggest sheep of the flock, .... pounced down upon it; -.... lo! .... behold! it was much too heavy .... it was much bigger -.... himself, .... poor Mr. Raven only got his claws entangled in the -wool .... when he tried to fly away he found it impossible to get free -.... he was struggling .... the shepherd came .... caught him .... put -him in a cage.” - -“I see, I see,” said the Judge, “you want some words to join your -sentences together. Noun, Pronoun, Article, Adjective, Verb, -Adverb, Preposition, none of these will do. I have only two other -Parts-of-Speech left on my list: that tiresome Interjection, who is, of -course, no use, and Con----” - -“Conjunction! Here you are, my lord,” said a bright cheery voice at the -door, and Conjunction walked into court. - -He had on a coat with brass buttons, and a cap like a railway guard’s, -with C. J. marked on the front. Under his arm he had a bundle of iron -hooks or tools--at least what you would have thought were iron hooks or -tools, if you had seen them down in Matter-of-fact-land, and had not -known any better. They were really his words. - -“You are late, sir,” said the Judge, very sternly; “where have you -been?” - -“To tell you the truth, my lord,” answered Conjunction, “I have been -for a little holiday trip on the Grammar-land Railway. The fact is, my -turn was so long in coming, and the last time I was here your lordship -broke up the court in such a temp----” - -“A what, sir?” interrupted the Judge, angrily. - -“A hurry, my lord,--in such a hurry, that I did not think we should -meet again for some time; and so I just amused myself by a trip on the -railway, where I am so often at work.” - -“Very improper, indeed!” replied the Judge, “as if you were made to -amuse yourself. Such a thing was never heard of before in Grammar-land. -Ask Dr. Syntax whether conjunctions are used for amusement.” - -“Conjunctions are used to connect words or sentences,” said Dr. Syntax, -in his solemn unchanging voice, standing up to speak, and sinking down -the moment he had finished. - -“There!” said the Judge, “you hear what you are used for--to connect -words or sentences--that is your work, and that is just what we have -been wanting you for. You have kept the whole court waiting, while you -have been taking a holiday, forsooth! Your very cap ought to shame -you. Pray what does C. J. stand for?” - -“Well, my lord, the folks in Matter-of-fact-land say that it stands for -Clapham Junction, which is a big station down there, where a great many -railways are joined together; and they say that I am the pointsman, who -moves the rails and makes the trains run together, or apart, as the -case may be; and I don’t know but what that’s as good a description of -my work as the folks in Matter-of-fact-land could give. Only they ought -to understand that our trains in Grammar-land are sentences, and my -tools with which I join them together are my words--_and_, _but_, _if_, -_also_, and so on. And here they are, Mr. Parsing, and heartily at your -service, sir, if you like to make use of them;” and pulling the bundle -from under his arm, Conjunction laid them down before Serjeant Parsing, -with a bow. - -“Thank you, my man,” said Serjeant Parsing, “one at a time, if you -please. I will read my story again, and do you hand up a word that will -fit, whenever I stop for it.” - -So he read it again, and Conjunction put in the words as follows:-- - -“THE EAGLE _AND_ THE RAVEN. - -“An eagle pounced on a little lamb _and_ carried it off in his claws. -A raven saw him fly, _and_ thought he could do the same; _so_ he chose -out the best _and_ biggest sheep of the flock, _and_ pounced down upon -it; _but_ lo! _and_ behold! it was much too heavy, _for_ it was much -bigger _than_ himself, _so_ poor Mr. Raven only got his claws entangled -in the wool, _and_ when he tried to fly away, he found it impossible -to get free; _and whilst_ he was struggling, the shepherd came _and_ -caught him _and_ put him in a cage.” - -“Ah,” said Judge Grammar, “yes, that is an improvement. I see, -Conjunction, you have put in _and_, _so_, _but_, _than_, _for_, -_whilst_. What other words have you?” - -“I have _because_, my lord,” answered Conjunction. “Mr. Adverb asks -‘why?’ but I answer ‘because,’ which is much more useful. Any one can -ask ‘why?’ but it is only a fellow like me, that knows how things work, -that can answer ‘because.’” - -“You need not boast,” said the Judge; “you only join the trains -together, you know; you do not make them. _Because_ is only useful on -account of what comes after it; it would not tell us much if it stood -alone. But what others have you?” - -“I have _if_, my lord; and though it is only a word of two letters, it -makes a mighty difference many a time. How happy we should all be _if_ -we could get just what we want.” - -“Yes, yes, we know,” said the Judge; “‘_if_ wishes were horses, -beggars would ride;’ but it is a very good thing they are not. Now, -Conjunction, _if_ you have any more words, let us hear them.” - -“Except that I sometimes use my neighbours’ words as conjunctions, my -lord,” answered Conjunction, “I think I have told you pretty well all. -Here is a packet I put together:-- - - _If_, _because_, _and_, _so_, _that_, _or_, - _But_, _although_, _as_, _also_, _nor_.” - -“One more question,” said the Judge; “do you govern or agree with any -of your neighbours?” - -“Not I, my lord, I leave that for my betters. I am quite satisfied to -join them together, and then leave them alone,” answered Conjunction. - -“Then that will do for to-day. Brother Parsing, be good enough to -send the following story to Schoolroom-shire, and tell them to give -Conjunction a place on their slates among the other Parts-of-Speech, -and mark down all his words for him. When that is done, I shall have -some good news to tell you.” - -The court then rose. - -A NARROW ESCAPE. - -A traveller in India one day strayed away from his companions, and -went to sleep under a tree. When he awoke he saw, to his horror, the -two bright eyes of a tiger, ready to spring upon him from a high -bank. He leaped up to run away, but fell back again directly, for a -large crocodile was coming towards him, with its great mouth open. He -shut his eyes and waited in terror, for he heard the tiger spring. A -tremendous noise followed; but he felt nothing. He opened his eyes, and -lo! the tiger had sprung into the mouth of the crocodile; and while the -two wild beasts were struggling, the traveller sprang up and ran away. - -[Illustration] - - - - -[Illustration] - -CHAPTER XVI. - -ACTIVE VERBS GOVERN THE OBJECTIVE CASE. - - -[Illustration: ACTIVE·VERBS ·GOVERN· THE·OBJECTIVE·CASE] - -“And now, gentlemen,” said Judge Grammar, when next they were -assembled. “But what is the matter, Dr. Verb? What is this about?” he -asked, interrupting himself, for Dr. Verb had gone down on one knee -before the Judge, and was holding out a paper to him. - -“A petition, your lordship,” said Dr. Verb, solemnly; “I beg for -justice. No, Preposition, it is of no use to try to hold me back, and -to whisper that his lordship will be very angry. You have had your -rights given you, and I am going to claim mine. My lord, I beg for the -right of an extra mark whenever any word of mine governs a noun or -pronoun in the Objective Case.” - -At the words “Objective Case,” every one in the court held his breath, -expecting the Judge to burst into a rage; and certainly a sudden flush -did overspread his face, and rise to the very roots of his wig. For -a moment he sat silent with compressed lips, then lifting his head -haughtily, he said:-- - -“Do not apologise, Dr. Verb; I forgive you; but on one condition--that -you show clearly and at once how to discover an Objective Case that is -governed by a verb.” - -“Certainly, my lord,” said Dr. Verb, joyfully; “it is the easiest thing -in the world. Just as you have to ask the question, ‘who?’ or ‘what?’ -_before_ the verb, to find out the Nominative Case, so you must ask the -question, ‘whom?’ or ‘what?’ _after_ the verb, to find the Objective -Case. For the nominative tells you who did the thing, and the objective -tells you to whom the thing was done. Here is an example:--‘Harry -kicked the cat.’ You ask, ‘who kicked?’ to find the nominative, and the -answer is _Harry_. You ask, ‘Harry kicked what?’ to find the objective, -and the answer is, _the cat_. Is that clear?” - -“The cat would certainly object,” muttered the Judge; “but I suppose -that is not why it is called objective, because if the verb had been -_fed_, _cat_ would have been objective all the same. Well, Brother -Parsing,” he continued aloud, “did Dr. Verb explain the matter clearly? -Could you find out the objective in that way?” - -“Certainly, my lord,” answered Serjeant Parsing, readily. “I will give -you an example to prove it. ‘I ate my dinner.’ I find the nominative by -asking ‘who ate?’ answer: _I_. I find the objective by asking ‘I ate -what?’ answer: _dinner_; and dinner is clearly the objective, for it -was the object for which I sat down to eat.” - -“Must all verbs have an Objective Case after them?” asked the Judge. - -“They cannot all govern the objective,” Serjeant Parsing began, when he -was interrupted by a solemn voice near him, as Dr. Syntax suddenly rose -and said, “Active verbs govern the Objective Case; active verbs govern -the Objective Case;” and then sat down again. - -“I know what he means by that,” said Dr. Verb. “Active verbs are -those whose action passes on to some one or something else, as in the -sentence, ‘Harry kicked the cat,’ the action of kicking passed on to -the poor cat; and in ‘I ate my dinner,’ the action of eating passed on -and consumed the dinner; so _kick_ and _eat_ are both active verbs, and -govern an Objective Case.” - -“Well, then,” said the Judge, “must all _active_ verbs have an -Objective Case?” - -“They should have one, my lord, if you want to make the sentence -complete. You must give them an _object_ for their activity. Every -active boy can do _something_, though it may not be Latin, and the -same with every active verb. If it is an active verb you can always -put _some one_ or _something_ after it; as to _eat_ something, _drink_ -something, _see_ something, _love_ somebody.” - -“And if the verb is not active?” asked the Judge. - -“Then it usually has a preposition between it and the noun or pronoun -after it, as, ‘I think _of_ you.’ And the preposition gets all the -honour and glory of governing the Objective Case, and gets an extra -mark besides.” - -“Well,” said the Judge, “you have explained it pretty clearly. I -suppose I must allow you an extra mark for every verb that governs an -Objective Case.” - -“But, please, my lord,” said Mr. Noun, coming forward, “I suppose that -Pronoun and I are not to lose a mark for every word of ours that is -governed by a verb. That would be very hard.” - -“No, no,” said the Judge. “There is no dishonour in being governed by -an active verb; it is only when you allow yourselves to be governed by -a little mite like Preposition, that you are to lose a mark.” - -“Allow ourselves to be governed,” muttered Mr. Noun. “As if we could -help it, when Dr. Syntax has once made the rule.” - -“Brother Parsing,” said the Judge, “let us have a sentence to ‘parse,’ -as you call it, that we may see clearly how it is done.” - -“Certainly, my lord,” said Serjeant Parsing, turning over his papers. -“Here is an excellent sentence, or rather, I should say, two sentences, -for there are two verbs: ‘Jack suddenly gave a loud cry, for lo! a -tiger appeared before him.’ Now let each Part-of-Speech claim the word -as I read it. _Jack._” - -“Mine,” said Mr. Noun. “_Jack_ is a proper noun.” - -“_Suddenly_,” said Serjeant Parsing. - -“Certainly _suddenly_ is mine,” said Adverb, smoothly. - -“_Gave_,” said Serjeant Parsing. - -“_Gave_ is mine,” said Dr. Verb, “and it agrees with its nominative, -_Jack_. For ‘who gave?’ _Jack_ gave, so _Jack_ is the nominative; and -please, Mr. Noun, what number and person is _Jack_, for _gave_ must be -the same?” - -“_Jack_ is singular number, of course,” said Mr. Noun, “for there is -only one Jack mentioned; and it is third person, for you are talking -about him, not _to_ him, and, of course, he is not talking of himself; -my words never do that.” - -“Oh,” said Dr. Verb, “then _Jack_ is third person singular, is he? -then _gave_ is third person singular, too; and it is an active verb, -and has an Objective Case. ‘Jack gave what?’ a _cry_--_cry_ is the -objective, governed by the active verb gave; so an extra mark for me, -please Serjeant Parsing.” - -“All right,” said the learned Serjeant. “_A_ is the next word.” - -“Mine,” said little Article. - -“_Loud,_” continued Serjeant Parsing. - -“_Loud_ is mine,” said Adjective; “it qualifies cry--tells what sort of -a cry he gave.” - -“Good,” said Serjeant Parsing; “now, _cry_.” - -“Mine,” said Mr. Noun; “a common noun this time, and Objective Case; -but it does not lose a mark, as it is governed by an active verb, not -by a preposition.” - -“_For_,” continued Serjeant Parsing. - -“Mine, sir,” said Conjunction; “it joins the sentences. ‘Jack gave a -loud cry,’ _for_ ‘lo! a tiger appeared before him.’” - -“Lo! lo! lo! that is mine,” cried little Interjection, before Serjeant -Parsing had time to continue. - -“_A_,” called out the Serjeant, without noticing him. - -“An article, again,” said little Article. - -“_Tiger_,” continued Serjeant Parsing. - -“Mine,” said Mr. Noun; “a common noun, but nominative this time to the -verb _appeared_.” - -“You should not tell my words, Mr. Noun,” said Dr. Verb. “Please, sir, -_appeared_ is a verb, not active, because it does not say that the -tiger appeared to anybody or anything; it appeared _before_ somebody, -and that little preposi----” - -“Now you’re telling, Dr. Verb,” cried Preposition. “Please, sir, -_before_ is mine--a preposition, showing the position of the tiger with -regard to poor Jack, and governing _him_ in the Objective Case; so two -marks for me, please, sir.” - -“One more word,” said Serjeant Parsing; “_him_.” - -“_Him_ is mine,” said Pronoun, sadly; “it is a personal pronoun, third -person and singular number, standing instead of the noun _Jack_; but,” -he added, with tears in his eyes, “it is of no use to give me a mark -for it, as I shall lose it again on account of the case. _Him_ is the -objective case, governed by the preposition _before_;” and Pronoun -turned away with a sob. - -“Well, gentlemen,” said Judge Grammar, “you see what the learned -Serjeant means by ‘parsing.’ Only let our Schoolroom-shire friends -parse a few sentences in the same way, and they will be perfectly -prepared for the great trial that is coming on. Brother, pray hand them -up a few.” Then pulling out his watch, the Judge continued: “I find, -gentlemen, that the present time will soon be past, and we shall be -stepping into the future if we go on much longer; therefore I must put -off, until the next time we meet, the announcement I was going to make -to you to-day.” - -The Judge then left the bench, and Serjeant Parsing prepared the -following sentences for parsing:-- - - We took a walk in the garden. - I see a bee in your bonnet. - The dragon ate a dragon-fly. - You never saw a blue rose. - Ah! I have a bone in my leg. - I will ride behind you on your horse. - Tom picked a flower for me. - Willy is riding on the rocking-horse. - A spider has eight legs. - - - - -[Illustration] - -CHAPTER XVII. - -THE POSSESSIVE CASE; AND WHO’S TO HAVE THE PRIZE? - - -[Illustration: ‘S S’ - - THE QUEEN’S CROWN - TOM’S BAT - AMY’S PARASOL - THE POSSESSIVE CASE] - -The court was again assembled, and the Judge was just going to speak, -when he stopped--for there was Mr. Noun, who had gone plop down on one -knee before him, just as Dr. Verb did before, and was holding out his -petition. - -“Dear me,” exclaimed the Judge, “you too! What can you have to complain -of?” - -“I have lost a Case, my lord,” said Mr. Noun, still kneeling. - -“Get up, sir,” said the Judge, “and say out quickly what you mean. Am I -never to have done with these tiresome Cases?” - -“Please, my lord, it is just this,” said Mr. Noun, standing up. “You -have seen how my words can be Nominative Case or Objective Case; but -there is a case in which they are neither of these two. For instance, -in the sentence, ‘The monkey pulled the cat’s tail,’--_pulled_ -is the verb; _monkey_ is the nominative, for the monkey did the -pulling; _tail_ is the objective, for ‘what did the monkey pull?’ -The _tail_--but then what case is _cat’s_? It is not nominative nor -objective.” - -“Don’t ask me what case it is,” said the Judge, indignantly; “say out -at once yourself.” - -“But you will be angry at the long word, my lord,” said Mr. Noun. - -“Nonsense, sir,” said the Judge, getting very red. “Speak at once, when -I order you to do so.” - -“Then _cat’s_ is said to be in the Possessive Case,” said Mr. Noun, -“because it shows who possessed the tail that was pulled by the monkey. -Any noun that shows to whom a thing belongs--who is the possessor of -it--is said to be in the Possessive Case.” - -“Oh!” said the Judge. “Then if I say, ‘This knife belongs to Harry,’ -_Harry_ will be in the Possessive Case, will it?” - -“No, my lord,” said Mr. Noun, looking a little confused, “because there -is a little preposition _to_ before Harry, and prepositions----” - -“Prepositions govern the Objective Case,” said Dr. Syntax, solemnly. - -“Yes, yes, we know,” said Mr. Noun, impatiently; “but I mean any noun -that shows possession, without the help of any preposition, as if you -said, ‘This is Harry’s knife.’ _Harry’s_ is in the Possessive Case, for -it shows who possesses the knife, not by the help of any preposition, -but by making it Harry’_s_ instead of _Harry_. I might have said in the -other sentence, ‘The monkey pulled the tail belonging to the cat,’ but -it is much better and shorter to use a Possessive Case, and say, ‘The -monkey pulled the cat’s tail.’” - -“It certainly seems a convenient case,” said the Judge. - -“It is, my lord,” said Mr. Noun; “and, therefore, I think I have a -right to ask for an extra mark for it.” - -“Oh! that is what you want, is it?” said the Judge. “Well, I will grant -your request, provided you can show me an easy way of finding the -Possessive Case at once.” - -“You may always know it by the little apostrophe (’) either before or -after an _s_ at the end of the word,” answered Mr. Noun; “as, ‘Mary’s -doll,’ ‘Tom’s dog,’ ‘the baby’s milk,’ ‘the children’s toys,’ ‘the -boys’ hats,’ ‘the girls’ gardens.’ Is not that easy, my lord?” - -“Yes, that is simple enough,” replied the Judge; “therefore, although I -think it rather impertinent of you to have brought so many Cases before -me, I will grant your request. You are to have then an extra mark for -every Nominative Case and for every Possessive Case, but none for the -Objective Case; and you will lose a mark every time you are governed by -a preposition. Are you satisfied?” - -Mr. Noun bowed, and took his seat. - -“And now, gentlemen,” continued the Judge, addressing the nine -Parts-of-Speech, “as you have all appeared before me, and shown clearly -who and what you are----” - -“And me! oh! oh! poor little me!” cried Interjection. - -“I have not called you up before me,” said the Judge, sternly, “because -we have all heard quite enough about you already. Once is quite enough -to have heard such an unruly, odd little creature as you are; and you -have thrown yourself in more than once while the people were speaking. -We all know that you neither govern nor are governed by any one else, -and that you agree with nobody. Therefore, stand aside and be quiet.” - -“Ah, well!” chuckled Interjection, as he obeyed, “if I do not govern -any one, at least I can take my neighbours’ words, as other people can, -and make them my own. Marry! forsooth! indeed! that I can!” - -“_Marry_ is mine,” said Dr. Verb, bustling up. - -“Indeed, _indeed_ is mine,” said Adverb, blandly. - -“Pray, do not quarrel with him,” said the Judge; “let him have a few -words to keep him quiet.” - -“There is one thing,” said Dr. Verb, laughing, “no one would be in a -hurry to steal Interjection’s words, for they are not worth it. Who -could ever make a decent word out of _oh_! or _fie_! or _pshaw_! or -_ugh_!” - -“Laugh as you like, Dr. Verb,” cried Interjection, “my words can stand -alone, and make sense all by themselves, and mean as much as a whole -string of other words. For instance, when I say ‘Fie!’ that is as good -as saying, ‘You ought to be ashamed of yourself;’ and when I say ‘Ah!’ -that means, ‘I see through all your fine airs and graces, Dr. Verb, and -know all about you.’ Ha! ha! what do you say to that?” And Interjection -once more took a turn over head and heels. - -“Keep him quiet, will you,” said the Judge. “And now, gentlemen,” -he continued, for the third time, “I hope we shall all be prepared -for the great trial that is to take place this day week. The people -of Schoolroom-shire are all invited to attend, and to bring their -slates and pencils with them. You all, my nine Parts-of-Speech, will -together make up a story which Serjeant Parsing will have in his -hand. He will then carefully examine every word, and the children of -Schoolroom-shire, who will have a place for each of you on their -slates, will put down a mark to each one who deserves it. In the end, -they will count up all the marks, and the Part-of-Speech who has the -most will get--will get----” - -Just at this moment, when every one was listening most anxiously to -hear what the prize was to be, clouds of dust were observed arising -from behind his lordship’s throne. In fact, the Critics, tired of -doing nothing, had begun to turn out whole piles of mouldering old -books, Murray’s Grammars, old dictionaries, and I know not what; and -the venerable dust therefrom, getting into his lordship’s eyes, nose, -and mouth, brought on such a violent fit of coughing and choking, that -it was impossible to get another word from him. He did not then, nor -has he since, informed his loving subjects what the prize was to be. -Therefore, it is left to the children of Schoolroom-shire to decide. -In examining the following story they must be both judge and jury, and -decide not only which Part-of-Speech deserves the most marks, but also -what is a fitting reward for the happy being who shall win the great -prize of Grammar-land. - -_Serjeant Parsing’s Story for the Examination._ - -THE SAD FATE OF OUR SQUIRREL - -Once, when I was walking in the garden, I found a young squirrel on the -ground at the foot of a tall tree. It had fallen from the nest. I took -the little soft warm creature in my hand, and I carried it carefully -into the house. There we fed it with warm milk, and it quickly revived. -It soon sat up, with its pretty curly tail over its back, and then it -rubbed its nose with its paws. It seemed to look to me as if it knew -me for a friend. When night came, I made a soft bed for it beside -me, and it slept cosily. In the morning, I took it to my cousin. “It -wants breakfast,” she said; “I will warm some milk for it in my doll’s -saucepan.” So she boiled some milk in a little green saucepan, and -we fed our pet. “Ah!” I cried, “is it ill? It is struggling as if it -were in pain.” We tried to warm it, and we gave it another spoonful of -milk; but, alas! the poor little creature gave a pitiful moan, and we -soon saw that it was dead. The green paint on the doll’s saucepan was -poisonous, and we had killed our little squirrel while it was lying in -our arms. - -[Illustration] - - - - -Transcriber’s Note: - -The following changes have been made to the original publication: - - Page 16 - _a bird_, _a fly_, when suddenly _changed to_ - _a bird_, _a fly_,” when suddenly - - Page 47 - therefore her stands _changed to_ - therefore _her_ stands - - Page 51 - some one in it.” _changed to_ - some one in it. - - Page 58 - of the verb _to swim_. _changed to_ - of the verb _to swim_.” - - Page 84 - How do you like it _changed to_ - _How_ do you like it - - Page 92 - See peeped into the flower; _changed to_ - She peeped into the flower; - - Page 104 - let us hear them. _changed to_ - let us hear them.” - - Page 117 - I can take my neighbours words _changed to_ - I can take my neighbours’ words - - Page 119 - In fact, the critics, tired of _changed to_ - In fact, the Critics, tired of - -*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK GRAMMAR-LAND *** - -Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will -be renamed. - -Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright -law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, -so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the -United States without permission and without paying copyright -royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part -of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm -concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, -and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following -the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use -of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for -copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very -easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation -of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project -Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may -do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected -by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark -license, especially commercial redistribution. - -START: FULL LICENSE - -THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK - -To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full -Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at -www.gutenberg.org/license. - -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works - -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or -destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your -possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a -Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound -by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the -person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph -1.E.8. - -1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this -agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. - -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the -Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection -of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual -works in the collection are in the public domain in the United -States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the -United States and you are located in the United States, we do not -claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, -displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as -all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope -that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting -free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm -works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the -Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily -comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the -same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when -you share it without charge with others. - -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are -in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, -check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this -agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, -distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any -other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no -representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any -country other than the United States. - -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: - -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other -immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear -prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work -on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the -phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, -performed, viewed, copied or distributed: - - This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and - most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no - restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it - under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this - eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the - United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where - you are located before using this eBook. - -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is -derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not -contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the -copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in -the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are -redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project -Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply -either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or -obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm -trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any -additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms -will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works -posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the -beginning of this work. - -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. - -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg-tm License. - -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including -any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access -to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format -other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official -version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm website -(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense -to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means -of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain -Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the -full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. - -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. - -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works -provided that: - -* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed - to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has - agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid - within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are - legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty - payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in - Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg - Literary Archive Foundation." - -* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm - License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all - copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue - all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm - works. - -* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of - any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of - receipt of the work. - -* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. - -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than -are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing -from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of -the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the Foundation as set -forth in Section 3 below. - -1.F. - -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project -Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may -contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate -or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other -intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or -other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or -cannot be read by your equipment. - -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right -of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. - -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium -with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you -with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in -lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person -or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second -opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If -the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing -without further opportunities to fix the problem. - -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO -OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT -LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. - -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of -damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement -violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the -agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or -limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or -unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the -remaining provisions. - -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in -accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the -production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm -electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, -including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of -the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this -or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or -additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any -Defect you cause. - -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm - -Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of -computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It -exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations -from people in all walks of life. - -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future -generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see -Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at -www.gutenberg.org - -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation - -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by -U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. - -The Foundation's business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, -Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up -to date contact information can be found at the Foundation's website -and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact - -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg -Literary Archive Foundation - -Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without -widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. - -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND -DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular -state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate - -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. - -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. - -Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To -donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate - -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works - -Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project -Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be -freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and -distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of -volunteer support. - -Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in -the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not -necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper -edition. - -Most people start at our website which has the main PG search -facility: www.gutenberg.org - -This website includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/old/66712-0.zip b/old/66712-0.zip Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 742f1ff..0000000 --- a/old/66712-0.zip +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h.zip b/old/66712-h.zip Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 603c84d..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h.zip +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/66712-h.htm b/old/66712-h/66712-h.htm deleted file mode 100644 index 1b933af..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/66712-h.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,4946 +0,0 @@ -<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" - "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> -<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en"> - <head> - <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" /> - <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" /> - <title> - Grammar-land, by M. L. Nesbitt—A Project Gutenberg eBook - </title> - <link rel="icon" href="images/cover.jpg" type="image/x-cover" /> - <style type="text/css"> - body {margin: 0 10%;} - div.chapter, div.section {page-break-before: always;} - h1, h2 {text-align: center; clear: both; page-break-before: avoid;} -.nobreak {page-break-before: avoid;} - h1 span {font-size: .9em; font-variant: small-caps;} - h1 {line-height: 2em;} - h2 span {font-size: .8em;} - h2 {line-height: 2em; font-size: 1.4em;} - p {margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em; text-align: justify; text-indent: 1em;} - em {font-style: italic;} - ins {text-decoration: none;} - abbr {text-decoration: none; font-style: italic;} - abbr.roman {font-style: normal;} - - /* General */ - .noi {text-indent: 0em;} - .p180 {font-size: 1.8em;} - .p140 {font-size: 1.4em;} - .p120 {font-size: 1.2em;} - .p60 {font-size: .6em;} - .center {text-align: center; text-indent: 0;} - .smcap {font-variant: small-caps;} - .italic {font-style: italic;} - .mt3 {margin-top: 3em;} - .mb0 {margin-bottom: 0em;} - .mt0 {margin-top: 0em;} - .pt1 {padding-top: 1em;} - .pt2 {padding-top: 2em;} - .pt3 {padding-top: 3em;} - .lh2 {line-height: 2em;} - .lh3 {line-height: 3em;} - .ornate {font-family: "Old English Text MT", cursive, serif; font-size: 1.5em;} - .underline {text-decoration: underline; border-color: #8b4513;} - - /* Notes */ - .tn {width: 80%; margin: 2em 12% 2em 8%; background: #ededea; padding: 1em;} - .tn li {padding-bottom: 1em;} - - /* Horizontal rules */ - hr {border-color: #8b4513;} - hr.divider {width: 65%; margin: 4em 17.5%;} - hr.divider2 {width: 40%; margin: 4em 30%;} - - /* Page numbers */ - .pagenum {position: absolute; right: 2%; text-indent: 0em; - text-align: right; font-size: x-small; - font-weight: normal; font-variant: normal; font-style: normal; - letter-spacing: normal; line-height: normal; - color: #999; border-top: 1px solid; border-bottom: 1px solid; - background-color: inherit; padding: .01em .4em;} - - /* Images */ - .figcenter {margin: 2em auto; text-align: center; - page-break-inside: avoid; - page-break-before: avoid; - page-break-after: avoid; - max-width: 100%;} - .figleft {float: left; padding-right: 1em;} - img {max-width: 100%; width: 100%; height: auto;} - .width800 {max-width: 800px;} - .width500 {max-width: 500px;} - .width400 {max-width: 400px;} - .width200 {max-width: 200px;} - .caption {text-indent: 0em; margin: 1em auto; border-bottom: thin solid #8b4513; - text-align: center; max-width: 30em; font-size: .8em; page-break-before: avoid;} - .hide {display: none;} - - /* Table */ - table {margin: auto; border-collapse: collapse; max-width: 40em;} - td {padding-bottom: .5em;} - .tdc {text-align: center; padding-top: 1em;} - .tdl {vertical-align: top; text-align: left; padding-left: 1em; text-indent: -1em;} - .tdr, .tdr2 {text-align: right;} - .tdr {vertical-align: top; padding-right: 1em;} - .tdr2 {vertical-align: bottom; padding-left: 1em;} - - /* Poetry */ - .poetry-container {text-align: center; margin: 0;} - .poetry {display: inline-block; text-align: left;} - .poetry .verse {margin: 1em 0em;} - .poetry .line {text-indent: -3em; padding-left: 3em;} - .poetry .indent0 {margin-left: 0em;} - .poetry .indent2 {margin-left: 1em;} - .poetry .outdent {margin-left: -.5em;} - - /* Columns */ - .column p {margin-top: 0.1em; margin-bottom: 0.1em;} - .column-container {width: 30em; margin: auto;} - .column-2-container {width: 16em; margin: auto;} - .column-3-container {width: 18em; margin: auto;} - .column, .column-2, .column-3 {float: left;} - .column1 {width: 6em;} - .column2 {width: 6em;} - .column3 {width: 6em;} - .column4 {width: 8em;} - .clear-left {clear: left;} - .hang {margin-left: 0em; padding-left: 2em; text-indent: -2em; text-align: left;} - - @media print { - hr.divider, hr.divider2 {border-width: 0; margin: 0;} - a:link, a:visited, a:hover, a:active {text-decoration: none; color: inherit;} - } - - /* ebookmaker */ - body.x-ebookmaker {margin: .5em; padding: 0; width: 98%;} - .x-ebookmaker h2 {page-break-before: avoid;} - .x-ebookmaker p {margin-top: .1em; margin-bottom: .1em;} - .x-ebookmaker table {width: 98%;} - .x-ebookmaker img {width: 80%;} - .x-ebookmaker .figleft {float: left; padding-right: 0em;} - .x-ebookmaker .figcenter {page-break-after: avoid;} - .x-ebookmaker .clear {clear: both;} - .x-ebookmaker .width800 {width: 100%;} - .x-ebookmaker .width500 {width: 100%;} - .x-ebookmaker .width400 {width: 16em;} - .x-ebookmaker .width200 {width: 12.5em;} - .x-ebookmaker .width100 {width: 6em;} - .x-ebookmaker .figleft {float: left; padding-right: 0.2em;} - /*.x-ebookmaker .poetry {display: block;}*/ - x-ebookmaker-drop, .x-ebookmaker-drop {} - </style> - </head> -<body> -<p style='text-align:center; font-size:1.2em; font-weight:bold'>The Project Gutenberg eBook of Grammar-land, by M. L. Nesbitt</p> -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and -most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions -whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms -of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online -at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you -are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws of the -country where you are located before using this eBook. -</div> - -<p style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:0; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Title: Grammar-land</p> -<p style='display:block; margin-left:2em; text-indent:0; margin-top:0; margin-bottom:1em;'>Grammar in Fun for the Children of Schoolroom-shire</p> - <p style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:0; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Author: M. L. Nesbitt</p> - <p style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:0; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Illustrator: F. Waddy</p> -<p style='display:block; text-indent:0; margin:1em 0'>Release Date: November 11, 2021 [eBook #66712]</p> -<p style='display:block; text-indent:0; margin:1em 0'>Language: English</p> - <p style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:0; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em; text-align:left'>Produced by: MFR and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was produced from images generously made available by The Internet Archive/American Libraries.)</p> -<div style='margin-top:2em; margin-bottom:4em'>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK GRAMMAR-LAND ***</div> - -<hr class="divider" /> -<h1>GRAMMAR-LAND<br /> -<span class="p60">OR,</span><br /> -<span>Grammar in Fun for the Children of<br /> -Schoolroom-shire</span></h1> -<hr class="divider2" /> - -<div class="x-ebookmaker-drop figcenter width500" id="cover2"> - <img src="images/cover2.jpg" width="500" height="669" alt="Cover" /> -</div> - - -<div class="section"> -<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop divider" /> -<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_ii"></a>ii</span> - -<div class="figcenter width800" id="i_frontis"> - <img src="images/i_frontis.jpg" width="800" height="576" alt="Frontispiece" /> - <div class="caption">COURT GRAMMARLAND</div> -</div> -</div> - - -<div class="section"> -<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop divider" /> - -<p class="center p180 lh2">GRAMMAR-LAND<br /> -<span class="smcap p60">OR,</span><br /> -<span class="smcap">Grammar in Fun for the Children of -Schoolroom-shire</span></p> - -<p class="center p120 mt3 lh2">BY<br /> -M. L. NESBITT</p> - -<p class="center mt3"><span class="italic">With Frontispiece and Initials by</span> -<span class="smcap">F. Waddy</span>.</p> - -<div class="figcenter width200" id="i_title"> - <img src="images/i_title.png" width="200" height="219" alt="Colophon" /> -</div> - -<p class="center">NEW YORK<br /> -HENRY HOLT AND COMPANY<br /> -1885.</p> -</div> - - -<div class="section"> -<hr class="divider x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="figcenter width400" id="i_iv-head"> - <img src="images/i_iv-head.png" width="400" height="162" alt="" /> -</div> -</div> - -<p class="center lh3"> -TO ALL LITTLE CHILDREN<br /> -WHO THINK GRAMMAR HARD AND DRY,<br /> -<span class="ornate">This Book is Dedicated</span>,<br /> -BY ONE WHO LOVES TO SEE<br /> -SUNSHINE IN SCHOOLROOM-SHIRE.</p> - -<div class="figcenter width200" id="i_iv-bottom"> - <img src="images/i_iv-bottom.png" width="200" height="134" alt="" /> -</div> - - - -<div class="section"> -<hr class="divider x-ebookmaker-drop" /> - -<div class="figcenter width500" id="i_v"> - <img src="images/i_v.jpg" width="500" height="93" alt="" /> -</div> -</div> - -<h2 class="nobreak" id="Preface">PREFACE TO THE THIRD EDITION.</h2> - -<p class="noi"><span class="smcap">The</span> favourable reception that the former Editions of -this little book have met with, calls for a word of -acknowledgment. It seems that not only the little -folks for whom it was intended, but children of a -larger growth have read it with interest; and students, -who spend days and nights “with weary -eyesight poring over miserable books,” have condescended -to turn over these pages, and laughingly -admit that the imagination may sow even the -dustiest of book-shelves with flowers.</p> - -<p>Teachers of the younger classes in schools have -found this little volume extremely useful; and it is<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_v"></a>v</span> -suggested, that though children will often read it -with pleasure by themselves, they will derive much -more profit from it when it is made the text-book -for a lesson. The simple exercises appended to each -chapter will then be found both useful and entertaining.</p> - -<div class="figcenter width200" id="i_vi"> - <img src="images/i_vi.png" width="200" height="112" alt="" /> -</div> - - -<div class="section"> -<hr class="divider x-ebookmaker-drop" /> -<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_vi"></a>vi</span> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter width500" id="i_vii"> - <img src="images/i_vii.jpg" width="500" height="90" alt="" /> -</div> - -<h2 class="nobreak" id="Contents">CONTENTS.</h2> - -<p class="center">―♦―</p> - -<table summary=""> -<tr> -<td class="tdr"> </td> -<td class="tdr2"><small>PAGE</small></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl smcap">Introduction—Judge Grammar and his Subjects</td> -<td class="tdr2"><a href="#introduction">1</a></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdc" colspan="2">CHAPTER I.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl smcap">Mr. Noun</td> -<td class="tdr2"><a href="#i">7</a></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdc" colspan="2">CHAPTER II.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl smcap">Little Article</td> -<td class="tdr2"><a href="#ii">15</a></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdc" colspan="2">CHAPTER III.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl smcap">Mr. Pronoun</td> -<td class="tdr2"><a href="#iii">20</a></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdc" colspan="2">CHAPTER IV.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl smcap">Serjeant Parsing’s Visit to Schoolroom-shire</td> -<td class="tdr2"><a href="#iv">28</a></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdc" colspan="2">CHAPTER V.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl smcap">Mr. Adjective</td> -<td class="tdr2"><a href="#v">30</a></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdc" colspan="2">CHAPTER VI.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl smcap">Mr. Adjective Tried for Stealing</td> -<td class="tdr2"><a href="#vi">37</a></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdc" colspan="2">CHAPTER VII.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl smcap">The Quarrel between Mr. Pronoun and Mr. Adjective, -and Little Interjection</td> -<td class="tdr2"><a href="#vii">45</a></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdc" colspan="2"><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_vii"></a>vii</span> -CHAPTER VIII.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl smcap">Dr. Verb</td> -<td class="tdr2"><a href="#viii">54</a></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdc" colspan="2">CHAPTER IX.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl smcap">Dr. Verb’s Three Tenses, Number, and Person</td> -<td class="tdr2"><a href="#ix">62</a></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdc" colspan="2">CHAPTER X.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl smcap">Serjeant Parsing in Schoolroom-shire again</td> -<td class="tdr2"><a href="#x">70</a></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdc" colspan="2">CHAPTER XI.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl smcap">The Nominative Case</td> -<td class="tdr2"><a href="#xi">73</a></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdc" colspan="2">CHAPTER XII.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl smcap">Adverb</td> -<td class="tdr2"><a href="#xii">80</a></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdc" colspan="2">CHAPTER XIII.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl smcap">Preposition</td> -<td class="tdr2"><a href="#xiii">86</a></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdc" colspan="2">CHAPTER XIV.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl smcap">Prepositions Govern the Objective Case</td> -<td class="tdr2"><a href="#xiv">93</a></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdc" colspan="2">CHAPTER XV.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl smcap">Conjunction</td> -<td class="tdr2"><a href="#xv">99</a></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdc" colspan="2">CHAPTER XVI.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl smcap">Active Verbs Govern the Objective Case</td> -<td class="tdr2"><a href="#xvi">106</a></td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdc" colspan="2">CHAPTER XVII.</td> -</tr> -<tr> -<td class="tdl smcap">The Possessive Case; and Who’s to have the Prize?</td> -<td class="tdr2"><a href="#xvii">114</a></td> -</tr> -</table> - -<div class="figcenter width200" id="i_viii"> - <img src="images/i_viii.png" width="200" height="82" alt="" /> -</div> - - - - -<div class="chapter"> -<hr class="divider x-ebookmaker-drop" /> -<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_1"></a>1</span> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter width500" id="head-intro"> - <img src="images/head-intro.jpg" width="500" height="104" alt="" /> -</div> - -<p class="center p180">GRAMMAR-LAND.</p> - -<p class="center">―♦―</p> - -<h2 class="nobreak" id="introduction">INTRODUCTION.<br /> -<span>JUDGE GRAMMAR AND HIS SUBJECTS.</span></h2> - -<div class="figleft width200" id="drop-intro"> - <img src="images/drop-intro.jpg" width="200" height="334" alt="W" /> - <div class="caption">JUDGE GRAMMAR RULES IN EVERY LAND.</div> -</div> - -<p class="noi">WHAT is Grammar-land? Where -is Grammar-land? Have you -ever been to Grammar-land? -Wait a minute and you shall -hear. You will not find Grammar-land -marked on the globe, -and I never saw a map of it; -but then, who ever saw a map -of Fairy-land? and yet you -have all heard of that, and -know a great deal about it, of -course. Well, Grammar-land -is a place every bit as real as<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_2"></a>2</span> -Fairy-land, and much more important. The Fairy Queen -is all very well, and a very great little queen in her way; -but Judge Grammar! great, stern, old Judge Grammar, is -far mightier than any Fairy Queen, for he rules over real -kings and queens down here in Matter-of-fact-land. Our -kings and queens, and emperors too, have all to obey -Judge Grammar’s laws, or else they would talk what is -called <em>bad grammar</em>; and then, even their own subjects -would laugh at them, and would say: “Poor things! When -they were children, and lived in Schoolroom-shire, they can -never have been taken to Grammar-land! How shocking!” -And Judge Grammar himself—well, I cannot say what he -would do, as I suppose such a thing never really happened; -for who could imagine a king or queen saying, “<em>I is</em>,” or -“<em>you was</em>,” or “<em>it wasn’t me</em>.” No one speaks in that way -except people who have never heard of Judge Grammar.</p> - -<p>Ah! I wish you could see him—this great Judge—sitting -on his throne in his court, and giving orders about his -precious words, which are the riches of Grammar-land. For -Judge Grammar says that all the words that you can say -belong really to him, and he can do what he likes with -them; he is, in fact, King as well as Judge over Grammar-land. -Now, you know that when William the Conqueror -conquered England he divided the land among his nobles, -and they had it for their own so long as they obeyed the<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_3"></a>3</span> -king and helped him in his wars. It was just the same -with Judge Grammar when he took possession of Grammar-land; -he gave all the words to his nine followers, to take -for their very own as long as they obeyed him. These -nine followers he called the nine Parts-of-Speech, and to -one or other of them every word in Grammar-land was -given.</p> - -<p>They are funny fellows, these nine Parts-of-Speech. You -will find out by-and-by which you like best amongst them -all. There is rich Mr. Noun, and his useful friend Pronoun; -little ragged Article, and talkative Adjective; busy -Dr. Verb, and Adverb; perky Preposition, convenient Conjunction, -and that tiresome Interjection, the oddest of -them all.</p> - -<p>Now, as some of these Parts-of-Speech are richer, that is, -have more words than others, and as they all like to have -as many as they can get, it follows, I am sorry to say, that -they are rather given to quarrelling; and so it fell out that -one day, when my story begins, they made so much noise, -wrangling and jangling in the court, that they woke Judge -Grammar up from a long and very comfortable nap.</p> - -<p>“What is all this about?” he growled out, angrily. -“Brother Parsing! Dr. Syntax! here!”</p> - -<p>In an instant the Judge’s two learned counsellors were by -his side.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_4"></a>4</span> -Serjeant Parsing (Brother Parsing, the Judge calls him) -has a sharp nose, bright eyes, a little round wig with a tail -to it, and an eye-glass. He is very quick and cunning in -finding out who people are and what they mean, and making -them tell “the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the -truth.” It is of no use to say “I don’t know” to Serjeant -Parsing. He will question you, and question you, till -somehow or other he makes you know, and finds out all -about you. When I say he will question <em>you</em>, of course I -mean he will question the Parts-of-Speech, for that is his -business, and that is why Judge Grammar summoned him. -For whenever there is a fuss in Grammar-land, Serjeant -Parsing has to find out all about it, and Dr. Syntax has to -say what is right or wrong, according to the law.</p> - -<p>“Brother Parsing,” said the Judge, “this racket must be -stopped. What are they fighting about? I divided the -words clearly enough once amongst the nine Parts-of-Speech. -Why cannot they keep the peace?”</p> - -<p>“My lord,” answered Serjeant Parsing, “the fact is that -it is a long time since you portioned out the words, and the -Parts-of-Speech since then have been left to do pretty much -as they like. Some of them are greedy, and have stolen -their neighbours’ words. Some of them have got hold of -new words, which the others say they had no right to make; -and some of them are even inclined to think that Dr.<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_5"></a>5</span> -Syntax is old-fashioned, and need not be obeyed. In fact, -unless your lordship takes the matter in hand at once, I am -afraid the good old laws of Grammar-land will all go to -wreck and ruin.”</p> - -<p>“That must never be,” said the Judge, solemnly shaking -his wig: “that must never be. We must stop it at once. -Go and summon all my court before me.”</p> - -<p>“Certainly, my lord,” answered Serjeant Parsing; “but -may I ask if there is any Part-of-Speech you wish for in -particular?”</p> - -<p>“I wish for them all, sir, every one,” replied the Judge. -“They shall all come before me, and you shall question -them in turn, and make them say what right they have to -the titles and the words which they claim; and then if there -is any disagreement between them, I will settle the matter -once for all.”</p> - -<p>“Quite so, my lord,” said Serjeant Parsing; “and shall -I invite our friends in Schoolroom-shire?”</p> - -<p>“Our friends in Schoolroom-shire? By all means let -them come,” replied the Judge. “If we wish to have peace -among the Parts-of-Speech it is most important that the -people of Matter-of-fact-land should know how to use them -well. And as the people of Matter-of-fact-land generally -spend at least a part of their lives in Schoolroom-shire, we -cannot do better than send our invitation there. Go,<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_6"></a>6</span> -Brother Parsing, and request them to come, and to bring -their slates and pencils with them, that they may keep an -account of what we do, and let our Parts-of-Speech prepare -to come before us at once.”</p> - -<p>Away went Serjeant Parsing, as quick as thought, and -soon the whole court was assembled. There was Judge -Grammar on his throne, with a long flowing wig and gorgeous -robes. At the table below him sat his two counsellors, -Serjeant Parsing and Dr. Syntax. Dr. Syntax is -very tall and thin and dark. He has a long thin neck -covered up with a stiff black tie, which looks as though it -nearly choked him. When he speaks he stands up, looks -straight through his spectacles, sticks out his chin, and says -his say in a gruff and melancholy voice, as if he were repeating -a lesson. He is the terror of all little boys, for he -never smiles, and he is so very, very old, that people say he -never was young like other folks; that when he was a baby -he always cried in Greek, and that his first attempt at talking -was in Latin. However that may be, there he sat, side -by side with Serjeant Parsing, while the company from -Schoolroom-shire, armed with slates and pencils, prepared -to listen to the examination that was to take place, and the -Parts-of-Speech crowded together at the end of the court, -waiting for their names to be called.</p> - - - -<div class="chapter"> -<hr class="divider x-ebookmaker-drop" /> -<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_7"></a>7</span> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter width500" id="chap1-head"> - <img src="images/chap1-head.jpg" width="500" height="118" alt="" /> -</div> - -<h2 class="nobreak" id="i">CHAPTER I.<br /> -<span>MR. NOUN.</span></h2> - -<div class="figleft width200" id="chap1-dropt"> - <img src="images/chap1-dropt.jpg" width="200" height="323" alt="" /> - <div class="caption"><span class="underline">COMMON NOUNS</span><br /> - BIRD<br /> - HORSE<br /> - CAT<br /> - <span class="underline">PROPER NOUNS</span><br /> - VENUS<br /> - ALICE<br /> - BOB<br /> - FIDO</div> -</div> - - -<p class="noi">THE first Part-of-Speech that was -called was Mr. Noun. He is -a stout big fellow, very well -dressed, for he does not mind -showing that he is very rich.</p> - -<p>As Mr. Noun came forward, -Serjeant Parsing rose, put his -pen behind his ear, arranged -his papers on the table before -him, and looking at Mr. Noun -through his eye-glass, asked: -“What is your name?”</p> - -<p>“Name,” answered Mr. Noun.</p> - -<p>“Yes, your name?” repeated Serjeant Parsing.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_8"></a>8</span> -“Name,” again answered Mr. Noun.</p> - -<p>“Do not trifle, sir,” said the Judge, sternly; “what is -your name? Answer at once, and truly.”</p> - -<p>“I have answered truly,” replied Mr. Noun. “My -name is <em>Name</em>, for <em>noun</em> means <em>name</em>. The name of everything -belongs to me, so I am called Mr. Name, or Mr. -Noun, which means the same thing, and all my words are -called <em>nouns</em>.”</p> - -<p>“The name of <em>everything</em> belongs to you?” asked Serjeant -Parsing, in surprise.</p> - -<p>“Yes,” answered Mr. Noun, “the name of everything.”</p> - -<p>“What? Do you mean to say that the name of everything -I can see round me now is one of your words, and is -called a noun?”</p> - -<p>“I do indeed,” said Mr. Noun. “The name of everything -you can see, or touch, or taste, or smell, or hear, belongs -to me.”</p> - -<p>“What,” said Serjeant Parsing, “is this <em>desk</em> yours then, -and the <em>ink</em> and the <em>pen</em> and the <em>window</em>?”</p> - -<p>“The <em>words</em> that <em>name</em> them are all mine,” said Mr. -Noun. “Of course I have nothing to do with the <em>things</em>. -No gentleman in Grammar-land has anything to do with -<em>things</em>, only with words; and I assure you, you cannot -<em>name</em> anything that you can see, or touch, or taste, or -smell, or hear, without using one of my words. <em>Desk</em>, <em>pen</em>,<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_9"></a>9</span> -<em>ink</em>, <em>window</em>, <em>water</em>, <em>wine</em>, <em>fire</em>, <em>smoke</em>, <em>light</em>, <em>lightning</em>, <em>thunder</em>, -a <em>taste</em>, a <em>smell</em>, a <em>noise</em>, all these words belong to me, -and are called nouns.”</p> - -<p>“I see,” said Serjeant Parsing; “you can <em>hear</em> thunder, -and <em>smell</em> smoke, and <em>taste</em> wine. And I suppose <em>dinner</em> -and <em>tea</em> are yours also?”</p> - -<p>“Certainly, the <em>words</em> breakfast, dinner, and tea, are -mine,” replied Mr. Noun. “The <em>things</em> are what the -people live upon in Schoolroom-shire, but they could not -name what they eat without using my words. The servant -would have to make signs to let people know that dinner -was ready; she could not <em>say</em> so unless I allowed her to -use my noun <em>dinner</em>.”</p> - -<p>“Well,” said Serjeant Parsing, “if you have the name of -everything we can see, touch, taste, smell, or hear, all I can -say is, I hope you are satisfied, and do not claim any more -words besides.”</p> - -<p>“Indeed,” replied Mr. Noun, drawing himself proudly -up, “I have not mentioned nearly all my words. I told -you at first that I have the name of <em>everything</em>, and there -are plenty of things that you know about, although you -cannot see, or touch, or taste, or smell, or hear them. For -instance, <em>love</em>, or <em>anger</em>, or <em>happiness</em>. You can feel them -in your heart, and know they are there, although you -cannot touch them with your fingers, or taste them<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_10"></a>10</span> -with your tongue, or find them out by any of your five -senses.”</p> - -<p>“Do you mean to say, then,” asked Serjeant Parsing, -“that when a child feels naughty in its heart——?”</p> - -<p>“Naughtiness is mine,” said Mr. Noun; “the <em>word</em> -naughtiness, for it is the <em>name</em> of the something bad that -the child feels.”</p> - -<p>“And when it is kind?”</p> - -<p>“Kindness is mine, because it is the <em>name</em> of the something -kind and nice it feels <em>there</em>. I have a good many -more words that end in <em>ness</em>, and that are the names of -things you can find out about, and talk about, though you -cannot tell what shape or colour or smell or taste they -have; like <em>cleverness</em>, <em>silliness</em>, <em>idleness</em>, <em>ugliness</em>, <em>quickness</em>.”</p> - -<p>“I see,” said Serjeant Parsing. “You cannot tell what -shape or colour cleverness is, but you can soon find out -whether a boy has any of it by the way in which he does -his lessons.”</p> - -<p>“Yes,” said Mr. Noun; “and the names of his lessons -are mine too, for the lessons are things that you can learn -about; <em>geography</em>, <em>history</em>, <em>writing</em>, <em>arithmetic</em>, all these -names belong to me.”</p> - -<p>“Really Mr. Noun,” said Serjeant Parsing, “you do -claim a big share of words. You will be making out that -the names of <em>persons</em> belong to you next.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_11"></a>11</span> -“So they do,” replied Mr. Noun; “no matter who the -persons are, their names belong to me. I have the name -of every person in the world from good Queen Victoria on -her throne to the raggedest beggar-boy in the street. There -is not a child in Schoolroom-shire whose name is not a -noun. And I have not the names of <em>people</em> only, but of all -pet dogs, cats, birds, horses, or rabbits: <em>Fido</em>, <em>Tabby</em>, -<em>Bright-eye</em>, <em>Tiny</em>, <em>Shag</em>, and any other pet names you can -think of. Indeed, I am very particular about such names. -I call them <em>proper nouns</em>, and expect them always to be -written with a capital letter.”</p> - -<p>“Proper nouns?” repeated Serjeant Parsing. “Then -what are the other nouns called?”</p> - -<p>“They are only <em>common</em> nouns,” answered Mr. Noun, -carelessly.</p> - -<p>“Then all names are common nouns, except the names -of persons or animals, are they?” asked Serjeant Parsing.</p> - -<p>“No, no, no,” said Mr. Noun, quite crossly: “the name -of an animal is not a proper noun unless it is the own -special name of one animal, that marks it from other -animals of the same kind. <em>Dog</em> is the name given to all -dogs, they have the name in common between them; but -<em>Fido</em> is the name of one particular dog, his own proper -name by which his master calls him. So <em>dog</em> is a common -noun, <em>Fido</em> is a proper noun.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_12"></a>12</span> -“Oh, I see,” said Serjeant Parsing. “Then the particular -name of any person or animal is a proper noun, and all -other names are common nouns.”</p> - -<p>“I never said that,” exclaimed Mr. Noun. “How very -stup—— I mean, you do not understand me, my dear sir. -I never said that the particular name of a place or thing -was not a proper noun too. Every particular and special -name, whether of a person, an animal, a place, or a thing, -is a proper noun. Every place has its own proper name, -or should have. Every country and mountain and river -and town in Europe is named with a <em>proper</em> noun. Why, -you would not call <em>England</em> a common noun, I should -hope? There are plenty of countries in the world, but -there is only one country that is called by the proper -name of dear old England. <em>Country</em> is a common noun, all -countries have it in common, but when you want to speak -of any particular country you use the proper nouns, <em>England</em>, -<em>Scotland</em>, <em>Ireland</em>, <em>France</em>, -<abbr title="etcetera">etc.</abbr>, <abbr title="etcetera">etc.</abbr>”</p> - -<p>“Well, I think we can understand that the particular -names of <em>places</em> are proper nouns,” said Serjeant Parsing; -“but you spoke about <em>things</em> also. Surely things have -no proper names? You do not give names to chairs -and tables, and call them Mr. Leanback or Squire Mahogany?”</p> - -<p>“Not exactly,” answered Mr. Noun; “we do not name<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_13"></a>13</span> -chairs and tables with proper names, but what do you say -to houses? They are <em>things</em>, are they not? And you may -have heard of such names as <em>Marlborough House</em>, <em>Springfield -Cottage</em>, <em>Ivy Lodge</em>.”</p> - -<p>“Well, no other things besides houses have proper -names, have they?” said Serjeant Parsing.</p> - -<p>“Books are things,” said Mr. Noun, “and they all have -proper names. So have ships and boats, <em>Warrior</em>, <em>Seafoam</em>, -<em>Fairy</em>, or something of that sort. I have heard of -a cannon which was called <em>Roarer</em>, and you ought to know -that King Arthur’s sword was named <em>Excalibur</em>. Indeed, -you can give a proper name to anything you like that you -want to distinguish from other things of the same sort.”</p> - -<p>“And all such proper names, or proper nouns, as you -call them, must be written with a capital letter, must they? -Whether they are the names of persons, animals, places, -or things, little or big?”</p> - -<p>“Sir,” answered Mr. Noun, “littleness or bigness makes -no difference. If you had a pet fly, and called it Silver-wing, -Silver-wing must be written with a capital S, because -it is a proper noun.”</p> - -<p>“Well, Mr. Noun,” said Serjeant Parsing, “your ideas -of what is <em>proper</em> seem to me rather peculiar, but I suppose -Dr. Syntax has no objection, so I will say nothing.”</p> - -<p>Dr. Syntax silently bowed his head.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_14"></a>14</span> -The Judge then spoke. “Mr. Noun, you have claimed -a great many words, and it remains to be seen whether all -the other Parts-of-Speech agree to these words being yours. -In order to find out whether they do or no, I will ask our -friends from Schoolroom-shire to write out, each of them, -a list of twenty names, the names of anything they can <em>see</em>, -<em>hear</em>, <em>touch</em>, <em>taste</em>, <em>smell</em>, or <em>think about</em>, or the <em>proper</em> names -of any persons, animals, places, or things they know; and -when next we meet I will read out what they have written, -and we shall hear whether any one has any good reason to -give why they should not be called nouns.”</p> - -<p>The Judge then rose from his seat, and every one left the -court.</p> - -<div class="figcenter width400" id="i_014"> - <img src="images/i_014.png" width="400" height="144" alt="" /> -</div> - - - -<div class="chapter"> -<hr class="divider x-ebookmaker-drop" /> -<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_15"></a>15</span> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter width500" id="chap2-head"> - <img src="images/chap2-head.jpg" width="500" height="100" alt="" /> -</div> - -<h2 class="nobreak" id="ii">CHAPTER II.<br /> -<span>LITTLE ARTICLE.</span></h2> - -<div class="figleft width200" id="chap2-dropw"> - <img src="images/chap2-dropw.jpg" width="200" height="319" alt="" /> - <div class="caption"><span class="p180">the   a</span><br /> - <span class="underline">LITTLE·ARTICLE</span></div> -</div> - -<p class="noi">WHEN Judge Grammar next took -his seat in court, a number of -papers covered with words were -handed up to him by Serjeant -Parsing.</p> - -<p>“They are the lists of names, -my lord,” he said, “which you -asked the people of Schoolroom-shire -to write for you.”</p> - -<p>“Very good,” said the Judge. -“I will read some of the words -aloud, and if any one thinks -that they are not <em>nouns</em>, let -him come forward and say so. And he began to read:<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_16"></a>16</span> -<em>the garden</em>, <em>the house</em>, <em>the sky</em>, <em>a book</em>, <em>a bird</em>, -<a id="fly"></a><ins title="Original doesn't have ending quotation mark"><em>a fly</em>,”</ins> when -suddenly he was interrupted by a sound of bitter sobbing -and crying.</p> - -<p>“What is the matter?” he asked. “Who dares to interrupt -the court?”</p> - -<p>“It is this tiresome little Article, your lordship,” said -Serjeant Parsing, pushing forward a ragged little fellow, -who was rubbing both fists into his eyes and crying -bitterly. “He says he is being cheated, my lord; that -he has only two words of his own in all Grammar-land, -and that they are being used on these lists as if they -belonged to Mr. Noun.”</p> - -<p>“Bring him up before me,” said the Judge. “What is -your name, sir?”</p> - -<p>“My name is Article, or Little-joint,” replied the little -fellow. “I have only two words in all Grammar-land, <em>a</em> and -<em>the</em>. I lend them to Mr. Noun whenever he asks for them -fairly; but, your lordship, it is very hard,” and here he -began to cry again, “that they should be read as your -lordship was reading them just now, as if they belonged to -Mr. Noun, when he is so rich, and I am so very, very -poor.”</p> - -<p>“Is it true, Brother Parsing,” asked the Judge, “that -little Article is always ready to wait upon Mr. Noun?”</p> - -<p>“Quite true, my lord,” answered Serjeant Parsing.<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_17"></a>17</span> -“Indeed, I have often been able to discover Mr. Noun -by catching sight of little Article running before him, for -whenever you see an <em>a</em> or a <em>the</em>, you may be sure that Mr. -Noun will have a word of his own in somewhere near. The -chief use of little Article is to point out that a noun is -coming, for you may be sure that if you can put an <em>a</em> or a -<em>the</em> before a word, that word is a noun, as <em>a bird</em>, <em>the sky</em>.”</p> - -<p>“And do you use him as much before your pet proper -nouns, sir?” asked Judge Grammar of Mr. Noun.</p> - -<p>“No, your lordship,” replied Mr. Noun, “that I do not. -Indeed, <em>I</em> cannot see that little Article is of much use to -me at any time; but he has an old habit of coming with -me wherever I go, and when I have no one else I do not -mind having him.”</p> - -<p>“Well,” said Judge Grammar, “if you do have him, take -care that you use him well; and pray, Brother Parsing, tell -the Schoolroom-shire children to give him a separate mark -for himself, and not to put his words with Mr. Noun’s.”</p> - -<p>“Certainly, my lord,” said Serjeant Parsing, “but I -have one question to ask first. This little Article said that -he had only two words in all Grammar-land, <em>a</em> and <em>the</em>. I -wish to ask him what he says to <em>an</em>, as you say <em>an</em> egg, <em>an</em> -apple? Surely <em>an</em> belongs to him also.”</p> - -<p>Article was just beginning to answer when he suddenly -stopped, turned pale, trembled, and looked as if he would<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_18"></a>18</span> -have tumbled to pieces in terror, for he saw Dr. Syntax -rise.</p> - -<p>Dr. Syntax stood upright, looking very tall and thin and -black: he spoke in very stern voice, but all he said was, -“<em>An</em> is only used before a vowel or an <em>h</em> mute.” Then he -sat down again.</p> - -<p>“Ah!” said Serjeant Parsing, drawing a long breath, -“thank you. Now, little Article, say what you have to say.”</p> - -<p>“I have only to say,” remarked Article, recovering his -courage, “that <em>a</em> and <em>an</em> are really one and the same word; -<em>a</em> is only <em>an</em> with his coat off. I like to use it best as <em>a</em> -without its coat, but before a vowel or an <em>h</em> mute I am -obliged,” and here Article gave a frightened look at Dr. -Syntax, “I am obliged to keep its coat on and call it <em>an</em>.”</p> - -<p>“And do you know what you mean by a vowel or an <em>h</em> -mute?” asked Judge Grammar.</p> - -<p>“O yes, my lord: there are five vowels, <em>a</em>, <em>e</em>, <em>i</em>, <em>o</em>, <em>u</em>,” -answered Article.</p> - -<p>“And what is an <em>h</em> mute?” asked the Judge.</p> - -<p>“An <em>h</em> that is not sounded, as in <em>an hour</em>, <em>an honour</em>,” -answered Article, rather impatiently, for he was getting very -tired of being questioned.</p> - -<p>“And you are to use <em>an</em> before any word that begins -with a vowel, <em>a</em>, <em>e</em>, <em>i</em>, <em>o</em>, or <em>u</em>, or an <em>h</em> mute, are you?” asked -the Judge.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_19"></a>19</span> -“Yes, my lord,” said Article, “I told you so before.”</p> - -<p>“Give us some examples of words beginning with each -of these,” said the Judge, “and show us how you use <em>an</em> -before them.”</p> - -<p>Article held up one hand, with the thumb and four -fingers stretched out, and pointing to each one in turn, -beginning with the thumb, he answered: “<em>An</em> apple, <em>an</em> -eagle, <em>an</em> idol, <em>an</em> ox, and <em>an</em> ugly, uncomfortable, unkind -old Judge, to keep me here so long answering questions.” -Saying which, little ragged Article turned and scampered -off as fast as his legs could carry him.</p> - -<p>Serjeant Parsing then said that as Article had behaved -so badly, he hoped the Judge would give him a severe -punishment, by allowing the children of Schoolroom-shire -to use his words as often as they liked in their new lists.</p> - -<p>“Certainly,” said Judge Grammar. “I request that each -of you will write six new nouns, and will use an article -before every one of them.”</p> - -<p>The court then rose, after Serjeant Parsing had handed -the Schoolroom-shire children the following verse, begging -them to find out all the nouns and articles in it:—</p> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> - <div class="verse"> - <div class="line indent0">Once there was a little boy,</div> - <div class="line indent2">With curly hair and pleasant eye;</div> - <div class="line indent0">A boy who always spoke the truth,</div> - <div class="line indent2">And never, never told a lie.</div> - </div> -</div> -</div> - - -<div class="chapter"> -<hr class="divider x-ebookmaker-drop" /> -<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_20"></a>20</span> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter width500" id="chap3-head"> - <img src="images/chap3-head.jpg" width="500" height="98" alt="" /> -</div> - -<h2 class="nobreak" id="iii">CHAPTER III.<br /> -<span>MR. PRONOUN.</span></h2> - -<div class="figleft width200" id="chap3-dropw"> - <img src="images/chap3-dropw.jpg" width="200" height="319" alt="" /> - <div class="caption">Allow me to go<br /> - instead of you—Mr.<br /> - Noun,<br /> - it will save trouble<br /> - NOUNS<br /> - M<sup>R.</sup> PRONOUN SPEAKS</div> -</div> - -<p class="noi">WHEN the court next assembled, -the Judge read aloud all the -nouns and articles on the lists, -casting a stern glance at little -Article at each <em>a</em>, <em>an</em>, or <em>the</em> that -he came to, in order to show -that they were put in as a punishment -for Article’s impudent -behaviour the day before. Poor -little Article said nothing, and -no one having objected to any -of the words, the Judge said: -“Mr. Noun and Article, since -no one finds fault with the words that you claim, I declare<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_21"></a>21</span> -them to be lawfully yours. Now, stand aside, and let Mr. -Pronoun come forward.”</p> - -<p>At these words Mr. Pronoun stood before the Judge. -He is something like Mr. Noun, only he is thinner, and -looks as if he worked harder.</p> - -<p>“Mr. Pronoun?” said Serjeant Parsing, standing up to -begin his questioning.</p> - -<p>Mr. Pronoun bowed.</p> - -<p>“Why are you called Pronoun, sir, and what words do -you possess?”</p> - -<p>“I am called Pronoun, because I often do the work for -my rich neighbour, Mr. Noun. <em>Pro</em> means <em>instead of</em>, so -<em>pronoun</em> means <em>instead of noun</em>, and my words are called -<em>pronouns</em> because they stand <em>instead of nouns</em>. Mr. Noun, -though he is so rich, does not like to have his words used -over and over again—he says it wears them out; so to save -trouble I put in <em>my</em> little words, which do just as well.”</p> - -<p>“And you are not afraid of <em>your</em> words being worn out?” -asked the Judge.</p> - -<p>“O dear no! my lord,” answered Pronoun. “I -think my words are like the iron rails on the railway—the -more they are used the brighter they look; it is only the -idle ones that get rusty and spoilt. And it is not many -of <em>my</em> words that get rusty, I can tell you, my lord. -Serjeant Parsing knows how he was one day trying to<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_22"></a>22</span> -make sense of Dr. Faustus without me, and what a muddle -he made of it. If he will kindly repeat it now, I will show -you.”</p> - -<p>So Serjeant Parsing said:—</p> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> - <div class="verse"> - <div class="line indent0">Dr. Faustus was a good man;</div> - <div class="line indent0">Dr. Faustus whipped Dr. Faustus’s scholars now and then</div> - <div class="line indent0">When Dr. Faustus whipped the scholars Dr. Faustus made the scholars dance</div> - <div class="line indent0">Out of England into France.</div> - </div> -</div> -</div> - -<p>“There!” said Pronoun. “Let any one try to sing that, -and he will find how awkward it is. Now, if you will use -my little <em>he</em> or <em>his</em>, instead of saying Dr. Faustus so often, -and put <em>them</em> instead of scholars, it will sound much better. -Just listen. Please, Mr. Parsing, say it again, and I will -come in when I am wanted.”</p> - -<p>So Serjeant Parsing said: “Dr. Faustus was a good -man.”</p> - -<p>“<em>He</em> whipped <em>his</em>,” shouted Pronoun.</p> - -<p>“He whipped his scholars now and then. When——”</p> - -<p>“<em>He</em> whipped <em>them</em>,” shouted Pronoun.</p> - -<p>“When he whipped them,” continued Serjeant Parsing.</p> - -<p>“<em>He</em> made <em>them</em> dance,” cried Pronoun.</p> - -<p>“When he whipped them he made them dance,” repeated -Serjeant Parsing, “out of England into France.”</p> - -<p>“Ah,” said the Judge, “yes! It is certainly better so. -Mr. Noun’s words are not used so often, and all parties are<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_23"></a>23</span> -pleased. Then <em>he</em>, <em>his</em>, and <em>them</em>, are pronouns, as they -stand instead of nouns. Now tell us what other words you -have, Mr. Pronoun.”</p> - -<p>“First of all, my lord, I have words which are used -instead of the names of people when they are talking of -themselves, such as <em>I</em> or <em>me</em>, <em>we</em> or <em>us</em>. When a person is -speaking of himself he does not name his own name, but -says instead, <em>I</em> or <em>me</em>. Except, indeed, very little children, -who say, ‘Baby wants more,’ or, ‘Give baby milk.’ Reasonable -persons say, ‘<em>I</em> want more,’ ‘Give <em>me</em> some -milk.’”</p> - -<p>“The Queen says <em>we</em> in speaking of herself,” remarked -the Judge.</p> - -<p>“Yes, my lord,” said Pronoun, “the Queen is of course -allowed to use <em>we</em> or <em>us</em> when she means only herself; but -other people do not use <em>we</em> or <em>us</em> unless they mean more -than one person.”</p> - -<p>“Then <em>I</em> or <em>me</em>, <em>we</em> or <em>us</em>, are the pronouns used instead -of the names of people speaking of themselves, are they, -Mr. Pronoun?” inquired Serjeant Parsing.</p> - -<p>“Certainly,” replied Pronoun: “and the words used -instead of the names of persons you are <em>speaking to</em> -are <em>thou</em>, or <em>thee</em>, and <em>you</em>. When I am speaking to you, -Mr. Parsing, I say, I tell <em>you</em>; I do not say, I tell Serjeant -Parsing.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_24"></a>24</span> -“Quite so,” answered Serjeant Parsing; “but why do -you not say, I tell <em>thee</em>.”</p> - -<p>“Why, the fact is,” replied Mr. Pronoun, “that <em>thou</em> and -<em>thee</em> really stand for one person only, and <em>you</em> stands for -more than one. But long ago people took it into their -heads to fancy that it would be <em>very</em> polite to talk to one -person as if he were at least as good as two. It is a very -vulgar thing to be only one person, but to be two people -rolled into one would be very grand indeed. So when a -man was talking to a grand neighbour he called him <em>you</em> -instead of <em>thou</em>, and the grand neighbour was so much -pleased that it came to be the fashion to say <em>you</em> to every -one, and my poor little <em>thou</em> and <em>thee</em> were quite set -aside.”</p> - -<p>“And are they never used now?” said Serjeant Parsing.</p> - -<p>“O yes, they are used,” said Mr. Pronoun; “but as -people neglected them in former days, I won’t have them -used in common now. <em>You</em> is quite good enough for everyday -talk.”</p> - -<p>“Well,” said Serjeant Parsing, “you have shown that <em>I</em> -or <em>me</em>, <em>we</em> or <em>us</em>, <em>thou</em> or <em>thee</em>, and <em>you</em>, are all your words. -Have you any others?”</p> - -<p>“Plenty more,” answered Pronoun. “I have <em>he</em>, <em>she</em>, -<em>it</em>, and <em>they</em>, to stand instead of persons or things you are -talking about.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_25"></a>25</span></p> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> - <div class="verse"> - <div class="line indent0">Tom took Maria on the ice;</div> - <div class="line indent2"><em>It</em> broke, and <em>she</em> fell in;</div> - <div class="line indent0"><em>He</em> got a rope, and in a trice</div> - <div class="line indent2"><em>He</em> pulled <em>her</em> out again.</div> - <div class="line indent0">If <em>they</em> had both been drowned, you know,</div> - <div class="line indent0">Folks would have said, “I told you so.”</div> - </div> -</div> -</div> - -<p>“There <em>it</em> stands for <em>ice</em>, and <em>she</em> for <em>Maria</em>, and <em>he</em> for -<em>Tom</em>, and <em>they</em> for <em>Tom</em> and <em>Maria</em> together. So you see -clearly that <em>he</em>, <em>she</em>, <em>it</em>, and <em>they</em> are pronouns.”</p> - -<p>“I do not think any one could deny it,” said Serjeant -Parsing. “Have you any other words?”</p> - -<p>“O yes, there are plenty more words that stand instead -of nouns. <em>My</em>, <em>thy</em>, <em>his</em>, <em>our</em>, <em>your</em>, <em>their</em>, which are used to -show that something belongs to the person these words stand -instead of. Just as instead of saying <em>Dr. Faustus’s</em> scholars, -we said <em>his</em> scholars; and as in speaking to you, my lord, -I should not say Judge Grammar’s wig, but <em>your</em> wig.”</p> - -<p>“You need not say anything about my wig,” said the -Judge, rather testily. “Mind your own words, sir, and tell -us what others you have.”</p> - -<p>“I have <em>who</em> and <em>which</em>,” replied Pronoun. “Instead of -saying, ‘I met a man, the man had no eyes,’ you say, ‘I -met a man <em>who</em> had no eyes;’ so my little <em>who</em> saves Mr. -Noun’s man. Instead of saying, ‘I will tell you a tale, a -tale was told to me,’ you can say, ‘I will tell you a tale -<em>which</em> was told to me;’ so <em>which</em> stands instead of <em>tale</em>.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_26"></a>26</span> -“We understand,” said the Judge. “No more of your -tales now, if you please. You have no more words, I suppose?”</p> - -<p>“Indeed I have, my lord. <em>This</em> and <em>that</em>, <em>these</em> and -<em>those</em>, are pronouns. For when you say, ‘Look at <em>this</em>,’ you -mean a picture, or a sum, or anything else that <em>this</em> may -happen to stand for; and when you say, ‘Take <em>that</em>,’ <em>that</em> -stands for a halfpenny, or a kick, or anything else you -may be giving at the time. And if you sing to a child—if -your lordship ever does sing—which does not seem very -likely——”</p> - -<p>“Mind your words, sir,” said the Judge, again. “If we -sing what?”</p> - -<p>“If you sing ‘<em>This</em> is the way the lady goes,’ then <em>this</em> -stands for the jogging up and down of my knee, the -way the lady goes.”</p> - -<p>“Really, Mr. Pronoun,” said the Judge, “you are very -childish. The Schoolroom-shire people are quite ashamed -of you. We shall ask for no more of your words to-day, -for I suppose, after all, they are easy enough to find -out.”</p> - -<p>“All words that stand instead of nouns belong to me,” -said Pronoun; “but they are not quite so easy to find -out as you suppose. Those that stand instead of persons, -like <em>I</em>, <em>thou</em>, <em>he</em>, <em>we</em>, <em>you</em>, <em>they</em>, any one can find out. I have<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_27"></a>27</span> -told you about a good many others, and if Serjeant Parsing -wishes to discover the rest for himself——”</p> - -<p>“He does, sir,” said the Judge, who was getting very -tired and hungry. “You may go. I will only ask you to -assist our Schoolroom-shire friends in making the following -verses right. They read very queerly at present; but if -you can set them right, I think we shall agree that what you -have been saying of your words is true.”</p> - -<p>The Judge then wished them all good-morning, and went -to lunch off a few pages of dictionary.</p> - -<p>Here are the verses.</p> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> - <div class="verse"> - <div class="line indent0">There was a man, the man had no eyes,</div> - <div class="line indent0">And the man went out to view the skies;</div> - <div class="line indent0">The man saw a tree with apples on,</div> - <div class="line indent0">The man took no apples off, and left no apples on.</div> - </div> - <div class="verse"> - <div class="line indent0">Little Bo-peep has lost Bo-peep’s sheep,</div> - <div class="line indent0">And does not know where to find the sheep;</div> - <div class="line indent0">Leave the sheep alone till the sheep come home,</div> - <div class="line indent0">And bring the sheep’s tails behind the sheep.</div> - </div> - <div class="verse"> - <div class="line indent0">Matilda dashed the spectacles away</div> - <div class="line indent0">To wipe Matilda’s tingling eyes;</div> - <div class="line indent0">And as in twenty bits the spectacles lay,</div> - <div class="line indent0">Matilda’s grandmamma Matilda spies.</div> - </div> -</div> -</div> - - - -<div class="chapter"> -<hr class="divider x-ebookmaker-drop" /> -<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_28"></a>28</span> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter width500" id="chap4-head"> - <img src="images/chap4-head.jpg" width="500" height="95" alt="" /> -</div> - -<h2 class="nobreak" id="iv">CHAPTER IV.<br /> -<span>SERJEANT PARSING’S VISIT.</span></h2> - -<div class="figleft width200" id="chap4-drops"> - <img src="images/chap4-drops.jpg" width="200" height="326" alt="" /> - <div class="caption">SERGEANT<br /> - PARSING</div> -</div> - -<p class="noi">SERJEANT PARSING paid a -visit to Schoolroom-shire.</p> - -<p>“My young friends,” he said, -in his most amiable voice, “may -I trouble you with a little piece -of business for Judge Grammar -to-day. I have here a story, -and the Judge requests that you -will kindly find out how many -of the words in it belong to Mr. -Noun, how many to Mr. Pronoun, -and how often little ragged -Article comes in. The best -way to do this is to get your slates, and mark off a<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_29"></a>29</span> -piece for Mr. Noun, another for Mr. Pronoun, and a -corner somewhere for little Article. Write their names in -each. Now I will read the story, and whenever I come -to a noun, give Mr. Noun a mark; whenever I read a -pronoun, give a mark to Mr. Pronoun; and if I read an -<em>a</em>, <em>an</em>, or <em>the</em>, put down a mark to little Article. When -it is finished we will count up and see who has the most -marks.”</p> - -<p>Serjeant Parsing then read the following story:—</p> - -<p>“Some sailors belonging to a ship of war had a monkey -on board. The monkey had often watched the men firing -off a cannon, so one day when they were all at dinner he -thought he should like to fire it too. So he took a match, -as he had seen the men do, struck it, put it to the touch-hole, -and looked into the mouth of the cannon, to see the -ball come out. The ball did come out, and alas! alas! the -poor little monkey fell down dead.”</p> - -<div class="figcenter width200" id="i_029"> - <img src="images/i_029.png" width="400" height="117" alt="" /> -</div> - - - -<div class="chapter"> -<hr class="divider x-ebookmaker-drop" /> -<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_30"></a>30</span> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter width500" id="chap5-head"> - <img src="images/chap5-head.jpg" width="500" height="94" alt="" /> -</div> - -<h2 class="nobreak" id="v">CHAPTER V.<br /> -<span>MR. ADJECTIVE.</span></h2> - -<div class="figleft width200" id="chap5-dropt"> - <img src="images/chap5-dropt.jpg" width="200" height="335" alt="" /> - <div class="caption">A BRAVE PRINCE<br /> - A GOOD QUEEN<br /> - ADJECTIVES<br /> - QUALIFY<br /> - NOUNS</div> -</div> - -<p class="noi">THE next Part-of-Speech called -up before Judge Grammar was -Mr. Adjective.</p> - -<p>“My young friends in Schoolroom-shire,” -said Serjeant Parsing, -“must know Mr. Adjective -well. He is the greatest chatterbox -and the veriest gossip that -ever lived. You never in all your -life, my lord, knew any one who -could say so much about one thing -as Mr. Adjective. Mr. Noun cannot -mention a word, but Mr. Adjective -is ready to tell all about it, whether it is <em>little</em> or <em>big</em>,<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_31"></a>31</span> -<em>blue</em> or <em>green</em>, <em>good</em> or <em>bad</em>, and mischief enough he does in -Schoolroom-shire. For instance, if Noun mentions Willy’s -pen—‘<em>Nasty</em>, <em>spluttering</em>, <em>cross-nibbed</em> thing,’ whispers Adjective, -and Willy thinks that is why he wrote such a bad -copy, and did not dot his <em>i</em>’s. If Mr. Noun points out -pussy, who is coming into the room, purring and rubbing her -head against the leg of each chair as she passes, Adjective -whispers that she is a ‘<em>dear</em>, <em>sweet</em>, <em>soft</em>, <em>warm</em>, <em>little</em> pet,’ so -Milly leaves off her sums to pick her up and play with her. -Ann, the housemaid, finds dirty boot-marks on her nice -clean stairs, and as soon as she sees Tom she tells him he -is a ‘<em>tiresome</em>, <em>untidy</em>, <em>disobedient</em>, and <em>naughty</em> boy,’ not -knowing that Mr. Adjective was whispering all those words -in her ear. Indeed, Mr. Adjective causes more quarrels in -Schoolroom-shire, and other places too, than any one can -tell. Only yesterday Jane and Lucy had a quarrel, I hear, -because Jane pulled the arm off Lucy’s doll. If Adjective -had not put into Lucy’s head to call Jane <em>naughty</em> and -<em>unkind</em>, Jane would not have answered that Lucy was -<em>cross</em> and <em>disagreeable</em>. She would most likely have said, -‘I beg your pardon, I did not mean to do it,’ and they -would have been friends again directly. See how much -mischief is caused by talkative, gossiping Mr. Adjective.”</p> - -<p>“Really, Mr. Parsing,” remarked Adjective, now putting -in his word for the first time, “you have made a long<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_32"></a>32</span> -speech to show how mischievous I am. Pray, have you -nothing to say about the good that my kind, loving words -do?”</p> - -<p>“Oh, certainly, my dear sir,” said Serjeant Parsing, -suddenly changing his tone. “When you like any one you -are a very good-natured fellow, and can say all sorts of -sweet things. I heard you in Schoolroom-shire telling Mary -that her mamma is her <em>own</em> <em>dearest</em>, <em>kindest</em>, <em>sweetest</em> mother—that -baby is a <em>bright</em>, <em>bonny</em> <em>little</em> darling—that Fido is a -<em>good</em>, <em>faithful</em> <em>old</em> doggie—and that home is the <em>happiest</em> -place in the <em>whole wide</em> world. Oh, yes,” continued Serjeant -Parsing, “you can call people good names as well -as bad.”</p> - -<p>“I do not call people names,” said Adjective, indignantly. -“I <em>qualify</em> them. I could qualify you, Mr. Parsing, and -say you are an <em>impertinent</em>, <em>rude</em>——”</p> - -<p>“That will do, Mr. Adjective,” interrupted the Judge. -“We understand what you mean by <em>qualifying</em>. But tell -us, are your words always placed <em>before</em> nouns?”</p> - -<p>“Oh, no, my lord,” answered Adjective. “They <em>can</em>, -almost all of them, be used before a noun, but they are -often used after it, in this way:—</p> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> - <div class="verse"> - <div class="line indent0">The sky is <em>blue</em>,</div> - <div class="line indent2">The sun is <em>bright</em>,</div> - <div class="line indent0">My words are <em>true</em>,</div> - <div class="line indent2">The snow is <em>white</em>.</div> - </div> -</div> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_33"></a>33</span> -“You could also say, <em>blue sky</em>, <em>bright sun</em>, <em>true words</em>, -<em>white snow</em>, but it does not sound so well, I think. And -when a pronoun stands instead of a noun, and my words -qualify it——”</p> - -<p>“Oh, you qualify pronouns as well as nouns, do you?” -asked Serjeant Parsing.</p> - -<p>“I am obliged to do so sometimes,” said Mr. Adjective, -rather sulkily. “I will not have my words used before a -pronoun, as they are before a noun. You can say:—</p> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> - <div class="verse"> - <div class="line indent2"><em>I</em> am <em>right</em>,</div> - <div class="line indent0">And <em>you</em> are <em>wrong</em>;</div> - <div class="line indent2"><em>It</em> is <em>late</em>,</div> - <div class="line indent0">And <em>we</em> are <em>strong</em>.</div> - </div> -</div> -</div> - -<p class="noi">But you must not say: <em>right I</em>, <em>wrong you</em>, <em>late it</em>, or <em>strong we</em>.”</p> - -<p>“I should think not,” said Serjeant Parsing, laughing. -“Then we are to understand that adjectives are used to -qualify nouns and pronouns, and that they may be used -before a noun or after it, but not before a pronoun.”</p> - -<p>“Quite right, so far,” said Mr. Adjective; “but I can do -other things besides qualifying nouns.”</p> - -<p>“What can you do?”</p> - -<p>“I can tell how many there are of the thing the noun -names, <em>one</em>, <em>two</em>, <em>three</em>, <em>four</em>, and so on. And whether the -thing is the <em>first</em>, <em>second</em>, <em>third</em>, or <em>fourth</em>, and so on. And<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_34"></a>34</span> -whether there are <em>some</em> things, <em>many</em> things, <em>few</em> things, -<em>more</em> things, <em>no</em> things.”</p> - -<p>“And all these words are adjectives, are they?”</p> - -<p>“Yes,” answered Adjective. “All words that can be put -before <em>thing</em> or <em>things</em> are adjectives.”</p> - -<p>“<em>A</em> thing, <em>the</em> thing,” remarked little Article, looking up -with a cunning smile at Adjective. “<em>A</em> and <em>the</em> are both -articles.”</p> - -<p>“<em>A</em> and <em>the</em> don’t count, of course,” said Adjective, impatiently. -“Besides, they were adjectives once, people -say, only they got so worn out, that I let my ragged little -cousin Article have them. But except <em>a</em> and <em>the</em>, there is -no word that you can put before <em>thing</em> or <em>things</em> that is not -an adjective. A <em>beautiful thing</em>, an <em>ugly thing</em>, <em>bad things</em>, -<em>good things</em>, <em>green things</em>, <em>yellow things</em>, <em>large things</em>, <em>little -things</em>; and so you can say, <em>one thing</em>, <em>two things</em>, <em>some -things</em>, <em>any things</em>; and also, <em>this thing</em>, <em>that thing</em>, <em>these -things</em>, <em>those things</em>.”</p> - -<p>“That seems a very easy way of finding out an adjective,” -remarked the Judge. “I hope it is a correct way.”</p> - -<p>“Indeed it is, my lord,” said Adjective, earnestly. -“See, I can give you many more examples.</p> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> - <div class="verse"> - <div class="line indent0">A <em>lovely</em>, <em>graceful</em>, <em>beautiful</em> thing,</div> - <div class="line indent0">A <em>useful</em>, <em>homely</em>, <em>dutiful</em> thing;</div> - <div class="line indent0"><em>Foolish</em>, <em>childish</em>, <em>useless</em> things;</div> - <div class="line indent0"><em>Handsome</em>, <em>rich</em>, and <em>priceless</em> things.”</div> - </div> -</div> -</div> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_35"></a>35</span> -“My lord,” said Mr. Noun, coming forward and speaking -in a solemn voice, “I accuse Mr. Adjective of stealing, -and wish him to be sent to prison.”</p> - -<p>“Indeed!” said the Judge; “but he must be tried first, -and you must prove him guilty before I have him punished. -What do you say he has stolen?”</p> - -<p>“My lord, he is constantly stealing my words, and only -just now he used these without my leave, in open court: -<em>love</em>, <em>grace</em>, <em>beauty</em>, <em>use</em>, <em>home</em>, <em>duty</em>.”</p> - -<p>“Enough,” said the Judge. “I certainly heard him use -some such words only just now. Critics,” he called to the -policemen, for that is the name they have in Grammar-land, -“seize Mr. Adjective, and keep him safe until the court -meets again, when he shall be tried for stealing.” Then -turning to the people of Schoolroom-shire, the Judge continued, -“My friends, I shall be much obliged if you -will look over the following story, and strike out of -it all the words belonging to Mr. Adjective. I cannot -allow them to remain side by side with other words, until -it is proved that Mr. Adjective is not guilty of stealing -them.”</p> - -<p>The Judge then rose, and poor Mr. Adjective was led out -of the court, with his hands bound.</p> - -<p>The following is the story which the Judge sent to the -people of Schoolroom-shire.</p> - -<p class="center mt3"><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_36"></a>36</span> -THE MAIDEN PRINCE.</p> - -<p>A long, long time ago, there lived in a grey old castle, -a widowed queen, who had one only child, a beautiful -bright boy. “My good husband was killed in the terrible -war,” said the timid queen, “and if my dear son grows up -to be a strong man, I fear that he will go to the cruel wars, -too, and be killed. So he shall learn nothing about rough -war, but shall be brought up like a simple maiden.” So she -taught him all maidenly duties, to spin, and to weave, and -to sew, and she thought he was too simple and quiet to wish -to go to war; but one day there came to the great castle -gate a noble knight riding a gallant charger. “Come,” he -cried to the young prince, “come, follow me. I ride to fight -with the wicked and strong who are oppressing the weak -and the poor.” Up sprang, in a moment, the fair young -boy, flung aside his girlish work, seized his father’s battered -sword, and leaped into the saddle behind the noble knight. -“Farewell, dear mother,” he cried, “no more girlish work -for me. I must be a brave man, as my father was, and -conquer or die in the rightful cause.” Then the foolish -queen saw that it was useless to try to make a daring boy -into a timid maiden.</p> - - - -<div class="chapter"> -<hr class="divider x-ebookmaker-drop" /> -<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_37"></a>37</span> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter width500" id="chap6-head"> - <img src="images/chap6-head.jpg" width="500" height="99" alt="" /> -</div> - -<h2 class="nobreak" id="vi">CHAPTER VI.<br /> -<span>MR. ADJECTIVE TRIED FOR STEALING.</span></h2> - -<div class="figleft width200" id="chap6-dropt"> - <img src="images/chap6-dropt.jpg" width="200" height="308" alt="" /> - <div class="caption">ful<br /> - like<br /> - ly<br /> - y<br /> - ous<br /> - less<br /> - en<br /> - ern<br /> - CLEVER M<sup>R.</sup> ADJECTIVE</div> -</div> - -<p class="noi">THERE was great excitement -in the court the next day; -and when every one was assembled, -except Adjective, -the Judge called out: “Bring -the prisoner in;” and poor -Adjective was led in between -two Critics, with his hands -tied behind him, and placed -before the Judge.</p> - -<p>Serjeant Parsing rose, and -began to question him.</p> - -<p>“Is your name Adjective?” -he said. “It is,” answered Adjective.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_38"></a>38</span> -“And you possess all the adjectives in Grammar-land?”</p> - -<p>“I do.”</p> - -<p>“What is an adjective?”</p> - -<p>“A word used to qualify a noun.”</p> - -<p>“What is a noun?”</p> - -<p>“Please, my lord, need I answer that?” asked Adjective.</p> - -<p>“Certainly,” replied the Judge.</p> - -<p>“It is not fair,” said Adjective; “nouns are not my -words.”</p> - -<p>“But you must know what a noun is, in order that you -may use your adjectives properly.”</p> - -<p>“Of course I know what a noun is—it is a <em>name</em>, the -name of anything.”</p> - -<p>“Then do you know the difference between a noun and -an adjective?” asked Serjeant Parsing.</p> - -<p>“Certainly. A <em>noun</em> is the name of a thing. An <em>adjective</em> -tells you something about the thing the noun has -named; whether it is large or small, or what colour it is, -or how much there is of it, or whether there are few -things or many, or something of that sort.”</p> - -<p>“Quite so; but can you find out at once, without much -thinking, whether a word is a noun or an adjective?”</p> - -<p>“If you can put an article before a word, then it is a -noun,” answered Adjective; “as, <em>a</em> man, <em>the</em> dog.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_39"></a>39</span> -“Then when I say, ‘Pity the poor,’ of course <em>poor</em> is a -noun, is it?”</p> - -<p>“No,” said Adjective, quickly; “<em>poor</em> is my word, I know, -for you can say <em>poor</em> child, a <em>poor</em> thing. ‘Pity the poor’ -really means, ‘Pity the poor people;’ but Mr. Noun is so -stingy, that when he thinks the sentence will be understood -without his word, he just leaves it out, and then people say -the noun is <em>understood</em>.”</p> - -<p>“Exactly so; but your way of finding out a noun does -not answer, you see, for the first time I try it, you tell me -the word I have found is an adjective.”</p> - -<p>“It always answers unless there happens to be a word -understood,” replied Adjective, “and then it answers if you -use your reason; for any one would know that you are -not asked to pity a thing called a <em>poor</em>, but to pity poor -people. But it is not fair, my lord,” continued Adjective, -turning to the Judge. “Here am I, a poor prisoner, unjustly -accused of stealing, and Mr. Parsing is trying to puzzle me -as much as he can.”</p> - -<p>“Not at all,” replied Serjeant Parsing. “I only want -you to be sure that you know clearly the difference between -a noun and an adjective.”</p> - -<p>“I do,” answered Adjective, “quite clearly.”</p> - -<p>“Well, then, answer this question. What is the word -<em>beauty</em>?”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_40"></a>40</span> -“Beauty?” repeated Adjective, getting rather red; -“<em>beauty</em> is a noun.”</p> - -<p>“Yes,” said Serjeant Parsing; “and <em>grace</em>, and <em>home</em>, and -<em>duty</em>?”</p> - -<p>“They are all nouns,” answered Adjective, looking uncomfortable.</p> - -<p>“Yes; now another question. What is <em>beautiful</em>?”</p> - -<p>“Beautiful?” repeated Adjective, looking <em>very</em> red now; -“<em>beautiful</em> is an adjective.”</p> - -<p>“Very well. Now, Mr. Adjective,” said Serjeant Parsing, -“kindly tell me how you got the adjective <em>beautiful</em>?”</p> - -<p>“I made it,” answered Adjective, with his eyes on the -ground.</p> - -<p>“How did you make it?”</p> - -<p>“I stuck <em>ful</em> on to <em>beauty</em>. When I want to say a thing -is full of beauty I call it <em>beautiful</em>.”</p> - -<p>“And how did you get <em>beauty</em>, since it belongs to Mr. -Noun?” asked Serjeant Parsing.</p> - -<p>“I took it,” replied Adjective, still looking down.</p> - -<p>“Which means to say that you stole it. It is quite clear -that you stole it, and that you did the same to <em>grace</em>, <em>home</em>, -<em>duty</em>, and others, to make <em>graceful</em>, <em>homely</em>, <em>dutiful</em>, and the -rest. My lord, I think I need say nothing more: the prisoner -himself owns that he took these words; it only remains -for you to give him his punishment.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_41"></a>41</span> -The Judge looked very grave, and was beginning to -say, “Mr. Adjective, I am very sorry——” when Serjeant -Parsing interrupted him, and said:—</p> - -<p>“Please, my lord, I am going to take the other side -now. Will you order Mr. Noun to come forward to be -questioned?”</p> - -<p>“Certainly,” said the Judge; and Mr. Noun approached.</p> - -<p>“Mr. Noun?” said Serjeant Parsing.</p> - -<p>“The same, sir,” said Mr. Noun; “all nouns belong to -me.”</p> - -<p>“You know a noun when you see it?”</p> - -<p>“Of course I know my own words.”</p> - -<p>“And you know an adjective?”</p> - -<p>“Yes; an adjective is a word that tells something about -one of my nouns.”</p> - -<p>“Very good. Now can you tell me whether <em>happy</em> is -a noun?”</p> - -<p>“Certainly not. It is an adjective. You can say a -happy boy, a happy thing.”</p> - -<p>“Exactly so. Now will you tell me what <em>happiness</em> is?”</p> - -<p>“Happiness,” repeated Mr. Noun, getting suddenly very -red, for he saw what was coming; “happiness is a noun, -it is mine.”</p> - -<p>“Oh!” said Serjeant Parsing; “how did you get it?”</p> - -<p>“I made it.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_42"></a>42</span> -“How?”</p> - -<p>“I joined <em>happy</em> and <em>ness</em> together.”</p> - -<p>“H’m!” said Serjeant Parsing. “I will not ask you -where you found such a silly word as <em>ness</em>, but <em>happy</em> you -said just now belongs to Mr. Adjective, so of course you -took it from him.”</p> - -<p>Mr. Noun did not answer, but looked down, exceedingly -red and uncomfortable.</p> - -<p>“My lord,” said Serjeant Parsing to the Judge, “need -I say any more. This Mr. Noun, who would have Adjective -put in prison for stealing, has been doing the very -same thing himself. <em>Happiness</em>, <em>prettiness</em>, <em>silliness</em>, <em>cleverness</em>, -and almost all the words that end in <em>ness</em>, are nouns -made from adjectives. If Mr. Noun would give them all -up, I have no doubt Mr. Adjective would then give up his -<em>beautiful</em>, <em>useful</em>, <em>graceful</em>, and other adjectives that are made -from nouns.”</p> - -<p>“No, no,” said the Judge; “I will have no giving up. -When a word is once made it is made for good, and instead -of blaming those who take their neighbour’s words -to make new ones for themselves, I consider that they are -very much to be praised. Critics, untie Mr. Adjective’s -hands. Mr. Adjective, I am glad to hear you are so clever -in making new words, and I give you full permission to -make as many more as you can, by borrowing either from<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_43"></a>43</span> -Mr. Noun or from any other Part-of-Speech. Have you any -other ending to put on besides <em>ful</em>?”</p> - -<p>“My lord,” said Adjective, whose hands were now untied, -and who was standing free and upright before the -Judge, “my lord, I have a whole string of tails which I -keep ready to make adjectives with. Here are some of -them: <em>ful</em>, <em>like</em>, <em>ly</em>, <em>y</em>, <em>ous</em>, <em>less</em>, <em>en</em>, and <em>ern</em>; and this is the -way I stick them on: <em>beautiful</em>, <em>ladylike</em>, <em>manly</em>, <em>dirty</em>, <em>poisonous</em>, -<em>careless</em>, <em>golden</em>, <em>western</em>, and with your lordship’s -kind permission, I will make such words as often as I -can.”</p> - -<p>“Do so,” replied the Judge. “And you, Mr. Noun, remember, -that you are to allow Adjective to take your words -whenever he requires them, for you ought to know that -words in Grammar-land are not like pennies in Matter-of-fact-land. -<em>There</em>, if some one steals a penny from you, he -has it and you have not; but <em>here</em>, in Grammar-land, when -any one takes your words to make new ones, it makes him -richer, but you are none the poorer for it. You have <em>beauty</em> -still, although Mr. Adjective has made <em>beautiful</em>; and you -have <em>lady</em>, and <em>man</em>, and <em>gold</em>, although Mr. Adjective -has made <em>ladylike</em>, and <em>manly</em>, and <em>golden</em>. You ought to -have known this, Mr. Noun, and not to have accused Mr. -Adjective of stealing. Therefore, as a punishment, I require -you to send into Schoolroom-shire a list of nouns that may<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_44"></a>44</span> -be made into adjectives by the addition of some of Mr. -Adjective’s tails.”</p> - -<p>The Judge then left the court, and this is the list that -Mr. Noun sent into Schoolroom-shire.</p> - -<p class="center pt1"><em>Nouns to be made into Adjectives.</em></p> - -<div class="column-container"> - <div class="column"> - <div class="column column1"> - <p class="noi">Truth</p> - <p class="noi">Faith</p> - <p class="noi">Hope</p> - </div> - <div class="column column1"> - <p class="noi">Lady</p> - <p class="noi">Man</p> - <p class="noi">Love</p> - </div> - <div class="column column1"> - <p class="noi">Child</p> - <p class="noi">Baby</p> - <p class="noi">Fool</p> - </div> - <div class="column column1"> - <p class="noi">Dirt</p> - <p class="noi">Wood</p> - <p class="noi">Fire</p> - </div> - </div> - - <div class="column"> - <div class="column column1"> - <p class="noi">Care</p> - <p class="noi">Sleep</p> - <p class="noi">Sense</p> - </div> - <div class="column column1"> - <p class="noi">Gold</p> - <p class="noi">Wood</p> - <p class="noi">Silk</p> - </div> - <div class="column column1"> - <p class="noi">North</p> - <p class="noi">East</p> - <p class="noi">West</p> - </div> - <div class="column column4"> - <p class="noi">Poison</p> - <p class="noi">Danger</p> - <p class="noi">Virtue</p> - </div> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="center clear-left pt2"><em>Adjective endings that may be added to Nouns.</em></p> - -<div class="column-container"> - <div class="column"> - <div class="column column1"> - <p class="noi"><em>ful</em></p> - <p class="noi"><em>less</em></p> - </div> - <div class="column column2"> - <p class="noi"><em>like</em> or <em>ly</em></p> - <p class="noi"><em>en</em></p> - </div> - <div class="column column3"> - <p class="noi"><em>ish</em></p> - <p class="noi"><em>ern</em></p> - </div> - <div class="column column4"> - <p class="hang"><em>y</em></p> - <p class="hang"><em>ous</em> (meaning full of)</p> - </div> - </div> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter width200 clear-left pt2" id="i_044"> - <img src="images/i_044.png" width="400" height="310" alt="" /> -</div> - - - -<div class="chapter"> -<hr class="divider x-ebookmaker-drop" /> -<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_45"></a>45</span> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter width500" id="chap7-head"> - <img src="images/chap7-head.jpg" width="400" height="70" alt="" /> -</div> - -<h2 class="nobreak" id="vii">CHAPTER VII.<br /> -<span>THE QUARREL BETWEEN MR. ADJECTIVE AND MR. PRONOUN -AND LITTLE INTERJECTION.</span></h2> - -<div class="figleft width200" id="chap7-dropi"> - <img src="images/chap7-dropi.jpg" width="200" height="304" alt="" /> - <div class="caption">ADJECTIVE-PRONOUN<br /> - A | P</div> -</div> - -<p class="noi">IT is sad to tell that nearly the -first thing Mr. Adjective did -when he was set free was to -have a quarrel with Pronoun.</p> - -<p>When the Judge came into -court the next day he found -them both much excited.</p> - -<p>“It is mine, I know it is,” -said Pronoun.</p> - -<p>“And I know it is mine,” -cried Adjective. “I’ll ask the -Judge if it is not.”</p> - -<p>“I’ll ask him, too,” said -Pronoun. “My lord,” he continued, coming forward,<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_46"></a>46</span> -“<em>her</em> is mine, and Adjective wants to take it from me. But -when I claimed it in court before, he said nothing -about it.”</p> - -<p>“I thought the more,” returned Adjective, “but I supposed -that you would give it up quietly without all this fuss -in court.”</p> - -<p>“I would willingly give it up if it were yours,” said Pronoun; -“but it is not.”</p> - -<p>“It is,” cried Adjective, angrily; “I tell you it is.”</p> - -<p>“Silence!” said the Judge, sternly. “Brother Parsing, -be kind enough to question both Adjective and Pronoun, -that we may know the cause of this quarrel, and hear what -each has to say for himself.”</p> - -<p>“Certainly, my lord,” answered Serjeant Parsing. “Adjective, -what words do you claim?”</p> - -<p>“<em>My</em>, <em>thy</em>, <em>his</em>, <em>her</em>, <em>its</em>, <em>our</em>, <em>your</em>, and <em>their</em>,” replied Adjective.</p> - -<p>“Well, Mr. Pronoun, tell us how you make them out to -be yours.”</p> - -<p>“Nothing is easier,” answered Pronoun. “These words -stand instead of nouns, and therefore they must be pronouns. -When you say ‘<em>my thumb</em>,’ my lord, you mean -Judge Grammar’s thumb, so <em>my</em> stands instead of the noun -Judge Grammar. And when you say, ‘Little Bo-peep has -lost <em>her</em> sheep,’ you mean <em>little Bo-peep’s</em> sheep, therefore<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_47"></a>47</span> -<a id="her"></a><ins title="Original does not have italic"><em>her</em></ins> stands instead of <em>little Bo-peep</em>. So <em>my</em> and <em>her</em> are -clearly pronouns; and <em>thy</em>, <em>his</em>, <em>its</em>, <em>our</em>, <em>your</em>, <em>their</em>, are used -in just the same way, and therefore must be pronouns -too.”</p> - -<p>“It would seem so,” said the Judge. “What has Mr. -Adjective to say to that?”</p> - -<p>“I will soon tell you, my lord,” replied Adjective. -“You will, of course, allow that an adjective is a word that -may be used before a noun, to tell something about the -thing that the noun names. It has been said that if you -can put thing or things after a word, that word (not counting -<em>a</em> or <em>the</em>, of course) is sure to be an adjective; as, a -<em>good thing</em>, a <em>bad thing</em>, <em>large things</em>, <em>little things</em>, and so -on. Well, I am sure you can say <em>my</em> thing, <em>thy</em> thing, <em>his</em> -thing, <em>her</em> thing, <em>its</em> thing, <em>our</em> thing, <em>your</em> thing, and <em>their</em> -thing. Therefore, <em>my</em>, <em>thy</em>, <em>his</em>, <em>her</em>, <em>its</em>, <em>our</em>, <em>your</em>, and -<em>their</em>, must be adjectives.”</p> - -<p>“H’m! It is all very well to say <em>must</em>,” remarked the -Judge, “but then Pronoun says they <em>must</em> be pronouns. -Are there any more of your words, Mr. Pronoun, that Adjective -claims in the same way?”</p> - -<p>“My lord,” answered Pronoun, “he claims all the words -of mine that may be used before a noun. <em>This</em>, <em>that</em>, <em>these</em>, -and <em>those</em>, for instance.”</p> - -<p>“Of course I do,” said Adjective; “for when you say<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_48"></a>48</span> -<em>this</em> bird, <em>that</em> horse, <em>these</em> rabbits, <em>those</em> people; <em>this</em>, <em>that</em>, -<em>these</em>, and <em>those</em> are clearly used with a noun, but do not -stand instead of one.”</p> - -<p>“Ah!” said Pronoun, “but when you say ‘look at <em>this</em>,’ -‘take <em>that</em>,’ ‘may I have <em>these</em>?’ ‘burn <em>those</em>;’ <em>this</em>, <em>that</em>, <em>these</em>, -and <em>those</em> are <em>not</em> used <em>with</em> a noun, but clearly stand <em>instead -of</em> one, and therefore they are pronouns.”</p> - -<p>“It seems to me,” said the Judge, half to himself, “that -sometimes they are adjectives, and sometimes they are -pronouns.”</p> - -<p>“That is just what I say, my lord,” cried Adjective, -“and if you will allow it, I think I know of a way that will -make peace between us directly. Let us call them <em>Adjective-Pronouns</em>, -and have them between us. When they are used, -not with a noun, but instead of one, then Pronoun may have -them all to himself; but when they are used like adjectives, -before a noun, then we will have them between us, and call -them <em>Adjective-Pronouns</em>.”</p> - -<p>“That seems very fair,” replied the Judge, “and I certainly -allow it. Mr. Pronoun, be kind enough to give us a -list of your words, and Mr. Adjective will point out any that -may be used as <em>Adjective-Pronouns</em>.”</p> - -<p>So Mr. Pronoun began: “<em>I</em>, <em>thou</em>, <em>he</em>, <em>she</em>, <em>it</em>, <em>we</em>, <em>you</em>, <em>they</em>, -<em>mine</em>, <em>thine</em>, <em>his</em>, <em>hers</em>, <em>its</em>, <em>ours</em>, <em>yours</em>, <em>theirs</em>; <em>my</em>, <em>thy</em>, <em>his</em>, <em>her</em>, -<em>its</em>, <em>our</em>, <em>your</em>, <em>their</em>.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_49"></a>49</span> -“Those last eight are between us,” said Adjective, “for -they can all be used before a noun.”</p> - -<p>“<em>Myself</em>, <em>thyself</em>, <em>himself</em>, <em>herself</em>, <em>itself</em>, <em>ourselves</em>, <em>yourselves</em>, -or <em>yourself</em>, <em>themselves</em>,” said Pronoun, with a little toss -of his head, “those, at least, are all mine, Mr. Adjective.”</p> - -<p>“Continue repeating your words, sir,” said the Judge, -sternly; “do not stop to talk.”</p> - -<p>“<em>This</em>, <em>that</em>, <em>these</em>, <em>those</em>,” continued Pronoun.</p> - -<p>“Adjective-pronouns, all four of them,” remarked Mr. -Adjective; “we have shown that already.”</p> - -<p>“<em>Each</em>, <em>either</em>, <em>neither</em>, <em>one</em>, <em>other</em>,” continued Pronoun.</p> - -<p>“Stop,” said the Judge; “we have not had these words -before. You must give us some sentences to show that they -are pronouns.”</p> - -<p>Pronoun replied:—</p> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> - <div class="verse"> - <div class="line indent0">Two sparrows had a fight to-day,</div> - <div class="line indent0"><em>Each</em> wished to take a worm away;</div> - <div class="line indent0"><em>One</em> pulled at it, so did the <em>other</em>,</div> - <div class="line indent0"><em>Neither</em> would yield it to his brother.</div> - <div class="line indent0">Had <em>either</em> given up at least,</div> - <div class="line indent0">His brother would have had the feast;</div> - <div class="line indent0">But while they fought a thrush came by,</div> - <div class="line indent0">And with the worm away did fly.</div> - </div> -</div> -</div> - -<p>“There, my lord,” continued Pronoun, “all the words, -<em>each</em>, <em>one</em>, <em>other</em>, <em>neither</em>, <em>either</em>, stand for sparrow in those -lines, and as sparrow is a noun, they must be pronouns.”</p> - -<p>“They are adjective-pronouns sometimes,” remarked Mr.<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_50"></a>50</span> -Adjective, “for you can say, ‘<em>each</em> boy,’ ‘the <em>other</em> day,’ -‘on <em>either</em> side.’”</p> - -<p>“Certainly,” said the Judge. “Have you any more, Mr. -Pronoun?”</p> - -<p>“<em>Who</em>, <em>which</em>, <em>what</em>,” continued Pronoun.</p> - -<p>“You must show that they are pronouns,” said the Judge.</p> - -<p>“‘Here is the man <em>who</em> shot the tiger,’” said Pronoun. -“‘Here are two apples; <em>which</em> do you choose?’ ‘I know -<em>what</em> I want.’ <em>Who</em> stands instead of the <em>man</em>, because you -could say, ‘Here is the man; the man shot the tiger.’ -<em>Which</em> stands instead of one of the apples, and <em>what</em> stands -instead of the thing that I want, whatever it may be.”</p> - -<p>“Yes,” said Serjeant Parsing. “But if <em>who</em> and <em>what</em> -are used to ask questions, as, ‘<em>who</em> is there?’ ‘<em>what</em> is that?’ -then what do <em>who</em> and <em>what</em> stand instead of?”</p> - -<p>“If you will answer the questions, and tell me who was -really there, and what that really was, then I will tell you -what nouns <em>who</em> and <em>what</em> stand instead of; but if you do -not know any answer to your own questions, then of course -I cannot tell you what noun my little pronouns stand for; -I can only tell you they stand instead of something, and -therefore are pronouns.”</p> - -<p>“<em>Which</em> and <em>what</em> are used before nouns sometimes,” -cried Adjective: “‘<em>which</em> way are you going?’ ‘<em>what</em> bell -is that?’ therefore they are adjective-pronouns too.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_51"></a>51</span> -“At any rate,” said Pronoun, haughtily, “<em>who</em> is altogether -mine, for you cannot say, ‘who way,’ ‘who book,’ -‘who man,’ or anything of that sort.”</p> - -<p>“Hoo! hoo! hoo! ha! ha! ha! he! he! he!” cried a -voice among the crowd. “Old Adjective beaten! hurrah! -bravo!”</p> - -<p>Every one in the court looked round to see where such -strange sounds came from.</p> - -<p>“It is Interjection,” said Serjeant Parsing, angrily, -making a dive at the crowd behind him, to try and catch -hold of some one in -<a id="it"></a><ins title="Original has extraneous quotation mark">it.</ins></p> - -<p>“Critics,” cried the Judge, “seize that fellow, and bring -him here.”</p> - -<p>But that was more easily said than done, for little Interjection -was as quick and active as any street boy in London. -He dodged in and out amongst the other Parts-of-Speech, -and was here, there, and everywhere, till at last he tumbled -up against Serjeant Parsing, who held him fast till the -Critics came up. He is such an odd little creature, that -you could hardly tell what he is like. One moment he -is crying bitterly, and the next he is in fits of laughter; -when you look at him again he is perhaps shrieking for -fear, and in another minute he is standing on his head for -joy. He is so fond of standing on his head, that people -say he had his portrait taken so once (!), and that is why<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_52"></a>52</span> -they put a note of exclamation (!) after his words; but that -is all nonsense, of course.</p> - -<p>“Interjection!” said the Judge, sternly, “you are the -last of all the Parts-of-Speech, and have no business to interrupt -the court now. Let me not hear you again until -your turn comes.”</p> - -<p>“Alas! alas!” cried Interjection, wringing his hands. -“Mr. Parsing says I am only a poor little fellow thrown in -(that is what my name interjection means, <em>thrown in</em>), to -express surprise or fear, joy or sorrow. When folks do -not know what to say next, one of my little words pops -in, and poor Mr. Parsing is at his wit’s end to know what -to do with it, ah! ah! Off! off!” he cried, changing his -tone, and suddenly jerking himself out of the policeman’s -hold. “Away! away!” he shouted, springing to the door; -and before they could catch him he was indeed away, and -they heard his “ha! ha! ha!” die away in the distance.</p> - -<p>Serjeant Parsing then turned to the Schoolroom-shire -folks, and asked them to mark off on their slates places -for Mr. Noun, Pronoun, Adjective, and little Article, and a -corner somewhere for tiresome Interjection; and while he -read to them, to put down a stroke in the right place for -each word that they knew. “And when you come to an -adjective-pronoun used <em>with</em> a noun,” continued Serjeant -Parsing, “put a stroke on the line that divides Adjective’s<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_53"></a>53</span> -ground from Pronoun’s. That will be like a little man -sitting astride on the wall, with one leg for Pronoun to -pull and one for Adjective. Of course if it is used <em>instead</em> of -a noun, and <em>not</em> with one, then Mr. Pronoun must have the -stroke all to himself. Whichever Part-of-Speech gets the -most strokes gains the game.”</p> - -<p>This is what Serjeant Parsing read.</p> - -<p>“Alas! alas! that naughty boy,” said Harry’s mother, -as she waited for him to come back from school. “He -must have gone to play with the other boys at the big pond, -and he will certainly fall in, for the boys are sure to try the -ice, and it is too thin to bear them yet. Oh! my poor, dear -boy! what shall I do? If he falls into the black, cold -water, he will certainly be drowned. My darling Harry! -ah! why does he not come home? If I had any one to -send.... Why, there he is, I declare, with his hands -full of oranges. Oh! the naughty boy! I will give him a -great scolding. To give me a fright, and keep me waiting -while he was buying oranges! Harry, you are a naughty, -careless, tiresome—— What! kissing me, you little -rogue, to stop my mouth. There! there! do not pull -down my hair, and never give your poor mother such a -fright again; and now come in and see the lovely Christmas-box -I have for you.”</p> - - -<div class="chapter"> -<hr class="divider x-ebookmaker-drop" /> -<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_54"></a>54</span> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter width500" id="chap8-head"> - <img src="images/chap8-head.jpg" width="500" height="102" alt="" /> -</div> - -<h2 class="nobreak" id="viii">CHAPTER VIII.<br /> -<span>DR. VERB.</span></h2> - -<div class="figleft width200" id="chap8-dropt"> - <img src="images/chap8-dropt.jpg" width="200" height="302" alt="" /> - <div class="caption">VERBS<br /> - ARE OF 3 KINDS<br /> - ACTIVE·PASSIVE<br /> - & NEUTER—<br /> - LINDLEY MURRAY</div> -</div> - -<p class="noi">THE next Part-of-Speech called -up before Judge Grammar, to -give an account of himself, -was Dr. Verb.</p> - -<p>He came bustling up with -an air of great importance.</p> - -<p>“My lord, my name is -Verb. I am called Verb because -<em>verb</em> means <em>word</em>, and -the verb is the most important -word, <em>the</em> word, in fact, in -every sentence.”</p> - -<p>“The <em>most important word</em>!” -cried Mr. Noun, interrupting him. “My lord, he says<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_55"></a>55</span> -the verb is the most important word in every sentence! -Why, Dr. Verb, you know that <em>you</em> cannot give the name of -a single thing, for all names are nouns, and belong to me. -The <em>verb</em> the most important word, indeed, when I have -the name of everything!”</p> - -<p>“I know that,” answered Dr. Verb, “I know very well -that when people want to name a thing they must use a -noun. But do you suppose that when they have simply -named a thing they have made a sentence? Not a bit of -it. To make a sentence you must tell something about the -thing that you have named; you must say whether it <em>is</em> or -<em>has</em> or <em>does</em> anything, as: ‘Ice <em>is</em> cold,’ ‘Puss <em>has</em> a tail,’ -‘Blackbirds <em>sing</em>.’ <em>Is</em>, <em>has</em>, <em>sing</em>, are verbs, and so are all -words that speak of <em>being</em>, <em>having</em>, or <em>doing</em>, and without -some such word you cannot make a sentence.”</p> - -<p>“You think so, Dr. Verb,” said the Judge, “but I should -like it to be proved. Brother Parsing, just call some of the -other Parts-of-Speech forward, and let them try to make a -sentence without Dr. Verb.”</p> - -<p>“I will, my lord,” answered Serjeant Parsing. “Noun, -Adjective, and Article, be kind enough to step forward, and -each of you give me a word.”</p> - -<p>“<em>Sun</em>,” said Mr. Noun.</p> - -<p>“<em>Bright</em>,” said Adjective.</p> - -<p>“<em>The</em>,” said little Article.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_56"></a>56</span> -“Very good,” said Serjeant Parsing, “now I will put -them together; ‘<em>sun bright the</em>;’ ‘<em>the bright sun</em>;’ ‘<em>the -sun bright</em>.’ They do not seem to make quite a proper -sentence, my lord, any way.”</p> - -<p>“Of course not,” said Dr. Verb, interrupting; “for when -you say ‘<em>the bright sun</em>,’ which sounds the best of the three -ways, you still have not made a sentence, for you have not -said whether the bright sun is shining, or is not shining, -or whether you can see it, or what it does. ‘<em>The sun -bright</em>’ of course is nonsense; but say the sun <em>is</em> bright, -and then you tell a fact about the sun, and you have made -a sentence fit to set before the king.”</p> - -<p>“You had better try Mr. Noun again, Brother Parsing,” -said Judge Grammar. “Perhaps he can give you a more -convenient word.”</p> - -<p>Serjeant Parsing turned again to Mr. Noun, and asked -for another word.</p> - -<p>“<em>Hippopotamus</em>,” answered Mr. Noun. Mr. Adjective -gave <em>fat</em>.</p> - -<p>“Now, little Article, give me <em>a</em>,” said Serjeant Parsing, -“and I will put them together. ‘<em>Hippopotamus fat a</em>;’ -‘<em>a fat hippopotamus</em>;’ ‘<em>a hippopotamus fat</em>.’ H’m! it -sounds odd.”</p> - -<p>“‘<em>A fat hippopotamus</em>’ does not sound wrong,” put in -Mr. Noun.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_57"></a>57</span> -“Not wrong, of course,” answered Dr. Verb. “You -may mention a fat hippopotamus, if you like, or any other -animal, but unless you tell something about it you have not -made a sentence. Say that it <em>is</em>, or <em>has</em>, or <em>did</em> something, -if you want to make a sentence; like ‘a fat hippopotamus -is here;’ or ‘a hippopotamus has a fat body;’ or, ‘a hippopotamus -ate me up,’ or, ‘swam away,’ or something of that -sort. Then you will have some famous sentences, but you -will have had to use verbs to make them, for <em>is</em>, <em>has</em>, <em>ate</em>, -<em>swam</em>, are all verbs, for they are all words that speak of -<em>being</em>, <em>having</em>, or <em>doing</em>.”</p> - -<p>“How can we always find out if a word is a verb?” -asked Serjeant Parsing.</p> - -<p>“It is sure to be a verb if you can put a little <em>to</em> before -it,” answered Dr. Verb; “<em>to be</em>, <em>to have</em>, <em>to do</em>, <em>to eat</em>, <em>to -drink</em>, <em>to swim</em>, <em>to fly</em>, <em>to speak</em>, <em>to think</em>, <em>to run</em>, <em>to dance</em>, <em>to -play</em>, <em>to sing</em>, <em>to sleep</em>, <em>to wake</em>, <em>to laugh</em>, <em>to cry</em>, <em>to call</em>, <em>to -fall</em>;” and Dr. Verb stopped, quite out of breath.</p> - -<p>“That sounds very easy,” said Serjeant Parsing. “Let -me try it with the words that you said were verbs; <em>to is</em>, <em>to -has</em>, <em>to ate</em>, <em>to swam</em>.”</p> - -<p>“Stop, stop,” cried Dr. Verb; “not like that. You -must not put <em>to</em> before any part of the verb you like. -<em>Is</em> is part of the verb <em>to be</em>, <em>has</em> is part of the verb <em>to -have</em>.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_58"></a>58</span> -“<em>Is</em>, part of the verb <em>to be</em>?” said Serjeant Parsing. -“What do you mean? why, the two words have not a -single letter alike.”</p> - -<p>“True; but still they mean the same sort of thing. -When a countryman says ‘he <em>be</em> a brave lad,’ he means the -same thing as ‘he <em>is</em> a brave lad;’ or when he says, ‘I <em>be</em> -too tired,’ he means, ‘I <em>am</em> too tired.’ <em>Is</em> and <em>am</em> ought -to be used according to the laws of Grammar-land instead -of <em>be</em>, but as they both express something about <em>being</em> they -are said to be parts of the verb <em>to be</em>. In the same way -<em>has</em> is part of the verb <em>to have</em>, <em>ate</em> is part of the verb <em>to eat</em>, -and <em>swam</em> is part of the verb -<a id="swim"></a><ins title="Original doesn't have quotation mark"><em>to swim</em>.”</ins></p> - -<p>“That is very learned, I daresay,” said Serjeant Parsing, -“but will you kindly tell us, Dr. Verb, how we are to -guess that <em>am</em>, or any other word that has neither a <em>b</em> nor -an <em>e</em> in it, is part of the verb <em>to be</em>?”</p> - -<p>“You cannot <em>guess</em>, of course,” retorted Dr. Verb, -sharply. “I never said you were to guess. You must -use your reason, to find out whether they have the same -sort of meaning. Or if you like it better, learn the song -that Mr. Pronoun and I have made up, to bring in all the -different parts of the verb.”</p> - -<p>“A song?” said Judge Grammar, in surprise. “I did -not know that you could sing, Dr. Verb; but let us hear -your song, by all means.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_59"></a>59</span> -“If you will not interrupt me, my lord, I will give you -three verses of it,” answered Dr. Verb.</p> - -<p>“No, we will not interrupt,” said the Judge.</p> - -<p>So Dr. Verb began:—</p> - -<p class="center pt1">THE SONG OF THE VERB “TO BE.”</p> - -<p class="center pt1"><em>Present Tense.</em></p> - -<div class="column-2-container"> - <div class="column-2"> - <div class="column column4"> - <p class="noi">I am</p> - <p class="noi">Thou art</p> - <p class="noi">He is</p> - </div> - <div class="column column2"> - <p class="noi">We are</p> - <p class="noi">You are</p> - <p class="noi">They are</p> - </div> - </div> - -<p class="center clear-left pt2"><em>Past Tense.</em></p> - - <div class="column-2"> - <div class="column column4"> - <p class="noi">I was</p> - <p class="noi">Thou wast</p> - <p class="noi">He was</p> - </div> - <div class="column column1"> - <p class="noi">We were</p> - <p class="noi">You were</p> - <p class="noi">They were</p> - </div> - </div> - -<p class="center clear-left pt2"><em>Future Tense.</em></p> - - <div class="column-2"> - <div class="column column4"> - <p class="noi">I shall be</p> - <p class="noi">Thou wilt be</p> - <p class="noi">He will be</p> - </div> - <div class="column column1"> - <p class="noi">We shall be</p> - <p class="noi">You will be</p> - <p class="noi">They will be</p> - </div> - </div> -</div> - -<p class="clear-left pt2">When he had finished, every one burst out laughing.</p> - -<p>“And you call that singing, do you, Dr. Verb?” said -the Judge.</p> - -<p>“Dr. Syntax, there, calls it <em>conjugating</em>, I believe,” said -Dr. Verb; “but I think <em>singing</em> is a prettier and easier -name for it.”</p> - -<p>“But it is not a song at all,” said the Judge, nearly -laughing again; “there is no tune in it, and no rhyme.”</p> - -<p>“It is the best that Pronoun and I could make alone,”<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_60"></a>60</span> -said Dr. Verb, angrily. “But it can be easily made to -rhyme if the other Parts-of-Speech will help. Listen.</p> - -<p class="center pt1">PRESENT TENSE.</p> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> - <div class="verse"> - <div class="line indent0"><em>I am</em> an Englishman merry and bold,</div> - <div class="line indent0"><em>Thou art</em> a foreigner out in the cold,</div> - <div class="line indent0"><em>He is</em> a beggar-man hungry and old;</div> - <div class="line indent0"><em>We are</em> not happy to see you out there,</div> - <div class="line indent0"><em>You are</em> too snug and warm ever to care,</div> - <div class="line indent0"><em>They are</em> at home with us now, I declare.”</div> - </div> -</div></div> - -<p>“That will do,” interrupted the Judge; “we do not -want to hear any more to-day. Another day I shall want -to know what you mean by calling the verses <em>Present Tense</em>, -<em>Past Tense</em>, and <em>Future Tense</em>—why you have just six of -your words in each tense,—and whether other verbs can be -<em>conjugated</em> in the same way.”</p> - -<p>“I can answer at once that they can, my lord,” said -Dr. Verb. “Indeed, very few verbs change as much as -the verb <em>to be</em>, so that they are all easier to <em>conjugate</em>; as, -<em>I have</em>, <em>thou hast</em>, <em>he has</em>; <em>we have</em>, <em>you have</em>, <em>they have</em>. -<em>I live</em>, <em>thou livest</em>, <em>he lives</em>; <em>we live</em>, <em>you live</em>, <em>they live</em>.”</p> - -<p>“Enough for to-day, Dr. Verb,” interrupted the Judge -once more; “we will hear about them next time. Meanwhile, -as we shall have further examination of this verb <em>to -be</em>, I should like my friends in Schoolroom-shire to make -a copy of it, to bring with them. I shall also request them -to find out all the verbs in the following verses:—</p> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_61"></a>61</span> -<div class="poetry"> - <div class="verse"> - <div class="line outdent">“Sit to your task,” a father said,</div> - <div class="line indent0">“Nor play nor trifle, laugh nor talk,</div> - <div class="line indent0">And when your lesson well is read,</div> - <div class="line indent2">You all shall have a pleasant walk.”</div> - <div class="line indent0">He left the room, the boys sat still,</div> - <div class="line indent2">Each gravely bent upon his task,</div> - <div class="line indent0">But soon the youngest, little Will,</div> - <div class="line indent2">Of fun and nonsense chose to ask.</div> - <div class="line outdent">“My ball is lost,” the prattler cried,</div> - <div class="line indent0">“Have either of you seen my ball?”</div> - <div class="line outdent">“Pray mind your book,” young Charles replied.</div> - <div class="line indent0">“Your noisy words disturb us all.”</div> - </div> -</div> -</div> - -<p>The court then rose.</p> - -<div class="figcenter width200" id="i_061"> - <img src="images/i_061.png" width="200" height="210" alt="" /> -</div> - - -<div class="chapter"> -<hr class="divider x-ebookmaker-drop" /> -<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_62"></a>62</span> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter width500" id="chap9-head"> - <img src="images/chap9-head.jpg" width="500" height="91" alt="" /> -</div> - -<h2 class="nobreak" id="ix">CHAPTER IX.<br /> -<span>DR. VERB’S THREE TENSES AND NUMBER AND PERSON.</span></h2> - -<div class="figleft width200" id="chap9-dropn"> - <img src="images/chap9-dropn.jpg" width="200" height="312" alt="" /> - <div class="caption">TENSE OR TIME<br /> - TIME<br /> - FUTURE<br /> - PAST<br /> - PRESENT</div> -</div> - -<p class="noi">“NOW, Dr. Verb,” said Judge -Grammar, the next day, “we -have well examined this that -you call your ‘Song of the -verb To be.’”</p> - -<p>“Conjugation, my lord, if -you like,” said Dr. Verb, bowing.</p> - -<p>“I <em>do</em> like, certainly,” replied -the Judge. “Conjugation -is a much better word -than <em>song</em>—longer and more -respectable, and in every way<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_63"></a>63</span> -more suited to Grammar-land. Con-ju-ga-tion—this conjugation -of the verb ‘to be.’ We require you to explain it.”</p> - -<p>“With pleasure, my lord. You see, it is divided into -three verses.”</p> - -<p>“Verses!” exclaimed Serjeant Parsing. “You know it -is not to be called a song, Dr. Verb.”</p> - -<p>“Quite so, quite so,” said Dr. Verb, bowing again. -“Well, Tenses, then. It is divided into three tenses, the -Present Tense, the Past Tense, and the Future Tense, which -mean the present time, the past time, and the future time; -and your lordship knows that all time must be either present -time, or past time, or future time. Just as when you -are reading a book. There is the part you have read, that -is the past; the part you are going to read, that is the future; -and the part you are reading now, that is the present.”</p> - -<p>“We understand,” said Judge Grammar; “but pray explain -why you divide your <em>verbs</em> into these three parts.”</p> - -<p>“To show how my verbs change when they have to -mark the present, past, or future time. You see, the verb -‘to be’ takes <em>am</em> for the present, <em>was</em> for the past, and -adds on <em>will</em> or <em>shall</em> for the future. <em>I am</em> in the present -time talking to your lordship. I <em>was</em> in the past time -talking to your lordship. I <em>shall be</em> in the future time -talking to your lordship.”</p> - -<p>“Indeed, I hope not,” cried the Judge, putting his<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_64"></a>64</span> -hands to his ears. “Pray do not go on forever talking -to me. I have heard quite enough of your voice already. -Step back, and allow Mr. Pronoun to take your place, and -explain the rest of the conjugation to us.”</p> - -<p>“Allow me to say one thing more,” said Dr. Verb. -“Please, Mr. Parsing, whenever you see a <em>will</em> or <em>shall</em>, or -any other little verb put in to show the time, will you -remember that it is only a little helping verb, used to -make up the tense of some other verb, and therefore to be -counted in with that, and not taken alone.”</p> - -<p>“Just give an example of what you mean,” said Serjeant -Parsing; “I do not quite understand.”</p> - -<p>“I mean to say that when you see ‘he will go,’ you must -take <em>will go</em> as part of the verb <em>to go</em>; and when you see -<em>am coming</em>, <em>was dancing</em>, <em>has eaten</em>, <em>had fought</em>, you must -take them as parts of the verbs to come, to dance, to -eat, to fight. The first words, <em>am</em>, <em>was</em>, <em>has</em>, <em>had</em>, are very -good and respectable words by themselves, of course; but -when they are used with another verb, they are never offended -if you just take them as part of that other verb.”</p> - -<p>“Thank you. I will remember,” said Serjeant Parsing, -laughing. “Now please to stand back, and allow Mr. Pronoun -to answer.—Mr. Pronoun, pray why do you use these -particular six words, <em>I</em>, <em>thou</em>, <em>he</em>, <em>we</em>, <em>you</em>, and <em>they</em>, to make -up Dr. Verb’s tenses?”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_65"></a>65</span> -“I use <em>I</em> and <em>we</em>,” answered Pronoun, “to stand for the -first person; <em>thou</em> and <em>you</em> to stand for the second person; -and <em>he</em> and <em>they</em> to stand for the third person.”</p> - -<p>“What do you mean by the first person?” asked Serjeant -Parsing.</p> - -<p>“My lord,” answered Mr. Pronoun, turning to Judge -Grammar, “may I ask you who is the first person in Grammar-land?”</p> - -<p>“<em>I</em> am, of course,” answered the Judge.</p> - -<p>“That is what I find all my friends answer,” said Pronoun. -“When I ask them who is the most important, the -first person in the world to them, they say <em>I</em> am; so my -little <em>I</em> stands for the person who is speaking about himself, -and I call it the <em>first</em> person.”</p> - -<p>“Then who is the <em>second</em> person?” asked the Judge.</p> - -<p>“<em>You</em> are, my lord,” answered Pronoun, bowing politely.</p> - -<p>“You said just now that <em>I</em> was the <em>first</em> person,” said the -Judge.</p> - -<p>“Yes, my lord,” replied Mr. Pronoun, putting his hand -on his breast; “<em>I</em> first, and <em>you</em> second.”</p> - -<p>“But it ought to be <em>I</em> first, and <em>you</em> second,” said the -Judge, angrily.</p> - -<p>“That is exactly what I said, my lord,” repeated Pronoun. -“<em>I</em> first, and <em>you</em> second.”</p> - -<p>The Judge was getting so angry, that Pronoun’s friends<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_66"></a>66</span> -began to tremble for his head, when suddenly Dr. Syntax -rose and said: “The first person is always the person -speaking, and the second is the person spoken to. Let -every one in the court say, ‘<em>I</em> am the first,’ and we shall -all be right, and all satisfied.”</p> - -<p>“<em>I</em> first, <em>we</em> first,” they all shouted; “and <em>you</em>, <em>you</em>, <em>you</em>, -only the second.”</p> - -<p>The noise was tremendous, and the Judge, finding -himself only one against a number, thought he had better -turn the subject; and clapping his hands loudly, to call -for silence, he called out:</p> - -<p>“But if we are all firsts and seconds, pray where is the -third person to go?”</p> - -<p>“Oh, the third person,” said Pronoun, contemptuously, -“is only the one we are talking about. He may not be -here, so it cannot matter if we call him only the third person.”</p> - -<p>“And what is the use of your having pronouns to stand -for all these three persons in Dr. Verb’s tenses?” asked -Serjeant Parsing.</p> - -<p>“Dr. Verb and I agree together to alter our words according -to the person they represent,” said Mr. Pronoun. -“When my pronoun is in the first person, Dr. Verb has to -make his verb in the first person too. He has to say <em>am</em> -when I have put <em>I</em>, and <em>are</em> when I have put <em>we</em>. <em>I is</em>, or -<em>we art</em>, would make Dr. Syntax there very angry.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_67"></a>67</span> -“And he would be rightly angry,” replied the Judge. -“You know that very well.”</p> - -<p>“Oh, I am not complaining, my lord,” answered Pronoun; -“I was merely stating a fact. Of course I am rather -pleased than otherwise that Dr. Verb should have to alter -his words to make them agree with mine. My pronouns -show the person (that is why, you know, they are called -personal pronouns), and then Dr. Verb has to make his -words agree with them.”</p> - -<p>“Very fine!” remarked Serjeant Parsing, “But tell us, -Mr. Pronoun, why, when there are only three different -persons, you should have six different pronouns in each -tense?”</p> - -<p>“Three of them are for the singular number, standing for -only one—<em>I</em>, <em>thou</em>, <em>he</em>,” replied Pronoun; “and the other -three are for the plural number, standing for as many as -you like—<em>we</em>, <em>you</em>, and <em>they</em>.”</p> - -<p>“Singular number only one, <em>I</em>, <em>thou</em>, <em>he</em>; plural number -more than one, <em>we</em>, <em>you</em>, <em>they</em>;—that is it, is it not, Mr. Pronoun?” -asked Serjeant Parsing.</p> - -<p>“Yes, sir,” replied Pronoun, “that is it exactly; I could -not have explained it better myself. And whatever number -the pronoun is, that the verb must be also.”</p> - -<p>“You mean that when the pronoun only stands for one -thing or person, then both it and the verb that comes after<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_68"></a>68</span> -it are said to be in the singular number: is it not so?” said -Serjeant Parsing.</p> - -<p>“Quite so, Mr. Parsing,” said Pronoun, delighted; “the -verb has to agree with the pronoun in number, just as it has -to do in person. If my pronoun stands for only one, then it -and the verb are called singular number; but if my pronoun -stands for more than one thing, then it and the verb are said -to be in the plural number. You quite understand me, I -see, my dear Mr. Parsing, and I am sure you will take care -to see that the verb always agrees with me in number and -person.”</p> - -<p>“Whenever it is proper that it should,” replied Serjeant -Parsing, gravely.</p> - -<p>“But it ought always to agree with my words when we -are conjugating a verb together,” said Pronoun, eagerly; -“that is the very reason why it is useful to conjugate verbs. -In every tense you have the first person, second person, and -third person in the singular number; and the first person, -second person, and third person in the plural number; and -then you see how the verb alters each time to agree with -the pronoun.”</p> - -<p>“It does not alter every time,” put in Dr. Verb; “in -some tenses it hardly alters at all. Just listen,—‘I had, -thou hadst, he had, we had, you had, they had; I lived, -thou livedst, he lived, we lived, you lived, they lived; I<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_69"></a>69</span> -sang, thou sangest, he sang, we sang, you sang, they sang; -I rang, thou rangest, he rang, we rang, you rang, they -rang.’”</p> - -<p>“That will do, that will do, Dr. Verb,” cried the Judge. -“We have had your talking in the past tense, we do not -want it in the present tense, and if we should happen to -require it in the future tense, we will let you know another -time. Instead of talking here, you had much better go to -Schoolroom-shire, and help the people there to write out the -present, past, and future tenses of the verbs you have mentioned—<em>to -have</em>, <em>to live</em>, <em>to sing</em>, <em>to ring</em>; and show them -how the words alter, not only to mark the different times, -but to agree with Mr. Pronoun’s words in number and -person.”</p> - -<p>“I shall be most happy, my lord,” said Dr. Verb; “but -Mr. Pronoun must come too, to help me.”</p> - -<p>“With great pleasure, my dear Doctor,” said Mr. Pronoun, -gaily: “there is no one in Grammar-land I can -work with so easily as you, because you agree with me so -beautifully.”</p> - -<p>Then, bowing to the Judge, he and Dr. Verb walked out -of the court, arm-in-arm, humming the present tense of the -verb <em>to be</em>, and the Schoolroom-shire people, with their help, -easily wrote out the four verbs mentioned,—<em>to have</em>, <em>to live</em>, -<em>to sing</em>, and <em>to ring</em>.</p> - - -<div class="chapter"> -<hr class="divider x-ebookmaker-drop" /> -<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_70"></a>70</span> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter width500" id="chap10-head"> - <img src="images/chap10-head.jpg" width="500" height="114" alt="" /> -</div> - -<h2 class="nobreak" id="x">CHAPTER X.<br /> -<span>SERJEANT PARSING IN SCHOOLROOM-SHIRE AGAIN.</span></h2> - -<div class="figleft width200" id="chap10-dropb"> - <img src="images/chap10-dropb.jpg" width="200" height="294" alt="" /> - <div class="caption">A · GOOD ♥<br /> - IS · BETTER<br /> - THAN · RICHES</div> -</div> - -<p class="noi">Before the court met again, -Serjeant Parsing paid another -visit to Schoolroom-shire.</p> - -<p class="noi">“MY dear young friends,” -he said, “will you kindly get -your slates, and divide them -into four parts, writing at the -top of each part, the name -of Mr. Noun, Mr. Pronoun, -Mr. Adjective, and Dr. Verb. -Then cut off two corners -somewhere, for little ragged -Article and Interjection. -Then listen to the following story, and when any word that<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_71"></a>71</span> -you know is read out, give a mark to the Part-of-Speech to -whom it belongs. If you come to an adjective-pronoun, -of course you must put a little man astride between Mr. -Pronoun’s ground and Mr. Adjective’s; and whenever -you come to a verb, please to say whether it is in the -present, past, or future tense. When you have done, we -will count up, and see which Part-of-Speech has gained -the most marks.</p> - -<p>“This is the story:—</p> - -<p class="center pt1">“THE TWO NEIGHBOURS.</p> - -<p>“A man lived by his labour; and as he had strong arms -and a brave heart, he supported, easily, his wife, his little -children, and himself.</p> - -<p>“But a famine came upon the land, and work failed.</p> - -<p>“The man spent all the money which he had saved, -until he had not a penny to buy food for his children.</p> - -<p>“Then he went to a rich neighbour, and said: ‘My little -children are crying for food, and I have no bread to give -them. Help me.’</p> - -<p>“And the rich man said:—</p> - -<p>“‘I am a just man; I always pay my debts; but I owe -you no money. Go! I cannot give you charity.’</p> - -<p>“Then the poor man went to another neighbour, almost -as poor as himself.</p> - -<p>“‘Give me food for my little children,’ he said.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_72"></a>72</span> -“‘Brother,’ said the poorer neighbour, ‘we have not much -ourselves, but you shall share with us as long as a crust of -bread remains.’</p> - -<p>“Then they divided between them the little food that -was left, and that food lasted until the hard times had -passed.”</p> - -<div class="figcenter width400" id="i_072"> - <img src="images/i_072.png" width="400" height="137" alt="" /> -</div> - - - -<div class="chapter"> -<hr class="divider x-ebookmaker-drop" /> -<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_73"></a>73</span> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter width500" id="chap11-head"> - <img src="images/chap11-head.jpg" width="500" height="93" alt="" /> -</div> - -<h2 class="nobreak" id="xi">CHAPTER XI.<br /> -<span>THE NOMINATIVE CASE.</span></h2> - -<div class="figleft width200" id="chap11-dropt"> - <img src="images/chap11-dropt.jpg" width="200" height="294" alt="" /> - <div class="caption">THE<br /> - NOMINATIVE<br /> - CASE<br /> - THE·STAG·RUNS</div> -</div> - -<p class="noi">THE next day, Dr. Verb came -bustling into the court, looking -very cross, and calling out -loudly for justice.</p> - -<p>“What is the matter?” -asked the Judge; “state your -case quietly.”</p> - -<p>“It is not <em>my</em> case, it is -Pronoun’s case, that is the -matter,” answered Dr. Verb; -“though I do not say it is his -fault. We should get on very -well if people would only mind their own business.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_74"></a>74</span> -“If you will not tell me the state of the case clearly, I -cannot help you,” said the Judge.</p> - -<p>“Well, my lord, if you will listen for a minute, I will try -to explain it, so that every one can understand. As you -know very well, I am constantly agreeing with Mr. Pronoun. -I showed you how I alter to suit his number and -person, and it is only fair that he should alter sometimes to -suit me. I only agree with him when he is in the ‘Nominative -Case.’”</p> - -<p>At the words “Nominative Case” there was a real cry -of horror from nearly every one in court. You might have -thought they had all turned into interjections, they made -such a fuss.</p> - -<p>“Nominative Case!” cried Noun; “shame, shame!”</p> - -<p>“Shameful! awful! shocking!” cried Adjective.</p> - -<p>“Fie! fie! fie!” cried Interjection, and turned three -times over head and heels.</p> - -<p>“Pray do not use such words, Dr. Verb,” said Judge -Grammar, “but tell us what you mean.”</p> - -<p>“Really, my lord,” said Dr. Verb, “I did not mean any -harm. Nominative is not such a <em>very</em> long word, that people -should make such a fuss about it. I am sure the ladies and -gentlemen of the jury will not be angry at my using it.”</p> - -<p>“That depends on how you explain it,” said the Judge; -“What does it mean?”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_75"></a>75</span> -“It means the person or thing that <em>is</em> or <em>does</em> whatever -my verb says about him. <em>The cat purrs</em>. It is the <em>cat</em> -that does what the verb mentions. You have only to put -‘who’ before the verb in any sentence, and the answer -will give you the Nominative. ‘Who purrs?’ The answer -is the <em>cat</em>, so <em>cat</em> is the nominative to the verb <em>purrs</em>. That -is the way that <em>I</em> find out whom I am to make my verb -agree with.”</p> - -<p>“Is that <em>your</em> way, Brother Parsing?” asked the -Judge.</p> - -<p>“Yes, my lord,” answered Serjeant Parsing, “that is -my way, and therefore, of course, it is the best way. My -way is always the best way. Now there is a sentence -all ready for you: <em>My way is always the best way.</em> I’ll -find the nominative before you can dot an <em>i</em>. ‘<em>What</em> is -always the best way?’ Answer, <em>my way</em> is always the best -way;—so <em>my way</em> is the Nominative.”</p> - -<p>“But you asked ‘what?’ not ‘who?’ there, Brother -Parsing,” remarked the Judge.</p> - -<p>“Because <em>way</em> is a thing, not a person, my lord. When -we are talking of a thing, then we ask ‘what?’ instead of -‘who?’ If you said ‘the pudding is boiling in the pot,’ I -should say ‘<em>what</em> is boiling?’ not ‘<em>who</em> is boiling?’ for I -should hope you would not be boiling a <em>person</em> in a pot, -unless you were the giant in Jack and the Beanstalk.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_76"></a>76</span> -“Fi! fo! fum!” said Interjection, standing on his head, -and clapping his heels together.</p> - -<p>“Silence, sir!” cried the Judge. “Brother Parsing, -please not to talk about giants till we have done with the -Nominative Case. Has any gentleman anything more to -explain about it?”</p> - -<p>“Please, my lord,” said Pronoun, “Dr. Verb complains -that he has to agree with me when I am in the Nominative -Case. But he has to agree with Mr. Noun just as much. -It is no matter what part of speech stands as the Nominative -in a sentence, Dr. Verb must agree with it; so he need -not grumble at me more than at any one else.”</p> - -<p>“I am not grumbling at you——,” Dr. Verb began.</p> - -<p>“Wait a minute, Dr. Verb,” interrupted the Judge; “let -us first fully understand this case. You say there is a verb -in every sentence?”</p> - -<p>“Certainly, my lord,” said Verb.</p> - -<p>“And there is a Nominative in every sentence?”</p> - -<p>“Exactly so, my lord,” answered Serjeant Parsing.</p> - -<p>“And this Nominative may be a noun or a pronoun?” -continued the Judge.</p> - -<p>“It may, my lord,” chimed in both Mr. Noun and Mr. -Pronoun.</p> - -<p>“And this verb must agree with this Nominative, whether -it likes or not?” asked the Judge.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_77"></a>77</span> -At that question Dr. Syntax suddenly started up like a -jack-in-the-box, and standing bolt upright, said, “A verb -must agree with its Nominative case in number and person. -A verb must agree with its Nominative case in number and -person;” and then sank down again.</p> - -<p>“Ah!” said the Judge. “Very good. So you see, Dr. -Verb, when you have a sentence like ‘ducks swim in ponds,’ -you are first to find your own word swim, then to put <em>who</em> -or <em>what</em> before it—‘who swim?’ or ‘what swim?’ The answer -will be <em>ducks</em>, the Nominative. Then you are to be sure -that the verb agrees with it. You must say ‘ducks swim,’ -not ‘ducks swims;’ and as ducks is the third person and -plural number, swim will be third person and plural number -too.”</p> - -<p>“Please, my lord,” said Pronoun, “when I am Nominative -you need very seldom take the trouble to ask any question -to find out the Nominative, for most of my words show at -once what they are in. <em>I</em>, <em>thou</em>, <em>he</em>, <em>she</em>, <em>we</em>, and <em>they</em> will -never allow themselves to be used except as Nominatives. -They were born Nominatives, they say, and will not degrade -themselves by being anything else. They are rather angry -with <em>you</em> for letting people use <em>him</em> in any way they like, but -he is a good-natured little fellow, and does not mind any -more about the case than he does about being called singular -when he is really plural. But <em>I</em>, <em>thou</em>, <em>he</em>, <em>she</em>, <em>we</em>, and<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_78"></a>78</span> -<em>they</em>, are exceedingly particular, and always are and will be -Nominatives, so you need not ask any question when you -see one of them in a sentence.”</p> - -<p>“You may just as well make it a rule to ask ‘who?’ or -‘what?’ in every sentence, to find the Nominative,” said -Serjeant Parsing. “It is such an easy way of finding the -case that a baby in arms could understand it.”</p> - -<p>“Tut! tut! tut! tut!” laughed Interjection again.</p> - -<p>“Oh! be quiet, do!” said Serjeant Parsing; “and, my -lord, if the ladies and gentlemen of Schoolroom-shire like to -find out the Nominatives in these verses——”</p> - -<p>“Yes,” said the Judge; “hand them up, brother. No, -do not begin again, Dr. Verb; no more complaints to-day. -And remember, friends, that in these lines every verb must -have a Nominative, unless there is a little <em>to</em> before the -verb. Then it has none—it does not agree with anything. -And remember, too, that every noun or pronoun that is -in the Nominative case is to get an extra mark on your -slates. I wish you good-morning, gentlemen.”</p> - -<p>So saying, the Judge rose. The verses were handed to -the people of Schoolroom-shire, and the court was cleared.</p> - -<p class="center pt1">SERJEANT PARSING’S VERSES.</p> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> - <div class="verse"> - <div class="line indent0">The hen guards well her little chicks,</div> - <div class="line indent2">The useful cow is meek;</div> - <div class="line indent0">The beaver builds with mud and sticks,</div> - <div class="line indent2">The lapwing loves to squeak.</div><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_79"></a>79</span> - </div> - <div class="verse"> - <div class="line indent0">In Germany they hunt the boar,</div> - <div class="line indent2">The bee brings honey home;</div> - <div class="line indent0">The ant lays up a winter store,</div> - <div class="line indent2">The bear loves honeycomb.</div> - </div> - <div class="verse"> - <div class="line indent0">I lost my poor little doll, dears,</div> - <div class="line indent2">As I played on the heath one day;</div> - <div class="line indent0">And I cried for her more than a week, dears,</div> - <div class="line indent2">But I never could find where she lay.</div> - </div> - <div class="verse"> - <div class="line indent0">The maidens laughed, the children played,</div> - <div class="line indent2">The boys cut many capers,</div> - <div class="line indent0">While aunt was lecturing the maid,</div> - <div class="line indent2">And uncle read the papers.</div> - </div> -</div> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter width200" id="i_079"> - <img src="images/i_079.png" width="200" height="128" alt="" /> -</div> - - -<div class="chapter"> -<hr class="divider x-ebookmaker-drop" /> -<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_80"></a>80</span> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter width500" id="chap12-head"> - <img src="images/chap12-head.jpg" width="500" height="96" alt="" /> -</div> - -<h2 class="nobreak" id="xii">CHAPTER XII.<br /> -<span>ADVERB.</span></h2> - -<div class="figleft width200" id="chap12-dropn"> - <img src="images/chap12-dropn.jpg" width="200" height="307" alt="" /> - <div class="caption">LUCY READS<br /> - VERY OFTEN<br /> - ADVERB</div> -</div> - -<p class="noi">“NOW DR. VERB,” said Judge Grammar, -next day, “I am ready -to hear what is your great -complaint against Pronoun.”</p> - -<p>“Why, my lord, when he -is in the Objective Case——”</p> - -<p>“I object, I object!” exclaimed -the Judge, while a -general murmur of disapproval -ran through the court. “No, -no, we have had enough with -the Nominative Case; we will -not have another case brought -in. You ought to be ashamed of yourself, sir, to keep us<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_81"></a>81</span> -listening to your nonsense about an Objective case, while -your devoted friend Adverb is waiting to be heard. Sit -down, and let Adverb speak.”</p> - -<p>“Devoted friend!” muttered Dr. Verb, as he obeyed. -“I am sure I often wish he would leave me alone. He -sticks on to me so tight sometimes, that we look like one -instead of two, and he is a good weight to carry. Besides, -he is always teasing by asking <em>why</em>, and <em>when</em>, and <em>how</em> -everything is done. Friend, indeed!”</p> - -<p>But Adverb did not hear what Dr. Verb was muttering. -He came forward, bowing politely, and rubbing his hands -together, as if he were washing them.</p> - -<p>“<em>Very much</em> obliged, indeed,” he said, smoothly; “<em>very</em> -kind of my friend Dr. Verb to give way to me! <em>So</em> like -him!”</p> - -<p>“You seem to be fonder of him than he is of you,” -remarked the Judge. “Pray, why do you follow him so -closely?”</p> - -<p>“I like to hear what he says, and to point out to others -<em>how exceedingly well</em> he speaks,” answered Adverb.</p> - -<p>“He is always exaggerating my words,” grumbled Dr. -Verb. “If I say I like anything, Adverb puts in <em>very much -indeed</em> or <em>extremely well</em>, or some such silly words; or, if he -is in a bad temper, then he flatly contradicts me, and says, -<em>no</em>, or <em>not</em>, or <em>never</em>. If I say <em>will</em>, he adds <em>not</em>, and makes<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_82"></a>82</span> -it <em>will not</em>; if I say <em>can</em>, he makes it <em>cannot</em>, even sticking -his word on to mine as if it were part of it. Sometimes -he does worse. He actually dares to alter my word after -he has stuck his tail on to it, and so he makes <em>will not</em> into -<em>won’t</em>, <em>cannot</em> into <em>can’t</em>, <em>shall not</em> into <em>sha’n’t</em>, and so on. -The <em>wo’</em>, and <em>ca’</em>, and <em>sha’</em>, is all he has left me, and the <em>n’t</em> -is his.”</p> - -<p>“Has he always treated you in this way?” asked the Judge.</p> - -<p>“As long as I can remember, my lord,” answered Dr. -Verb. “That is why, when we were at school together, -the boys called him <em>Adverb</em>, because he was always <em>adding</em> -his words on to mine. And he has kept the name ever -since.”</p> - -<p>“Your lordship must remember,” remarked Adverb, in a -mild tone, still rubbing his hands very smoothly together, -“that Dr. Verb is <em>rather</em> out of temper this morning, and -is, <em>perhaps</em>, <em>not quite</em> just. For <em>indeed</em> it is a fact that I -make his words <em>much more</em> useful than they <em>otherwise</em> would -be. Besides, I treat Mr. Adjective in <em>much</em> the same way, -and he does not complain.”</p> - -<p>“It is quite true,” remarked Adjective, coming forward, -delighted to get a chance of using his tongue; “it is quite -true that Adverb has his word to say about me, just as -much as about Dr. Verb. He is always putting <em>very</em>, <em>quite</em>, -<em>more</em>, <em>most</em>, and words of that sort, before my adjectives, and<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_83"></a>83</span> -exaggerating them: as, <em>very</em> beautiful, <em>quite</em> charming, <em>more</em> -obstinate, <em>most</em> provoking, and I do not complain of him for -that. But one thing I do complain of, my lord, and that -is, that Adverb will take my words, right good adjectives, -stick a <em>ly</em> on to them, and call them his adverbs. For -instance, he takes <em>bright</em>, puts <em>ly</em> to it, and makes it -<em>brightly</em>; he takes <em>bad</em>, and makes it <em>badly</em>; <em>nice</em>, and -makes it <em>nicely</em>; <em>beautiful</em>, and makes it <em>beautifully</em>.”</p> - -<p>Judge Grammar at this held up his forefinger, and solemnly -shook his head, till he nearly shook his wig off.</p> - -<p>“Mr. Adjective, Mr. Adjective!” he said, “I am surprised -at you. You complain of Adverb for doing the very -thing that you do yourself. We all know that you keep -your pockets full of tails ready to stick on to your neighbours’ -words—<em>ful</em>, <em>ous</em>, <em>able</em>, <em>like</em>, <em>ly</em>, and plenty more, and -you use them as often as you can with other people’s -words. But when Adverb uses his one little <em>ly</em> with <em>your</em> -words, then you are up in arms directly. And yet you -know very well that according to the laws of Grammar-land -every Part-of-Speech may make as many new words out of -old ones as he likes, and is to be praised, not blamed, for -it. Adverb may put his <em>ly</em> on to as many of your words -as he can, and you have no right to find fault. I wonder -at both you and Dr. Verb. You ought to agree with Adverb -better.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_84"></a>84</span> -“We none of us agree with him,” remarked Pronoun, -“nor he with us.”</p> - -<p>“He certainly has no number, or person, or case,” replied -the Judge; “but he is none the worse for that. He -gives Serjeant Parsing less trouble than some of you. What -did you say about asking questions, Adverb?”</p> - -<p>“I teach the game of <em>how</em>, <em>when</em>, and <em>where</em>,” replied -Adverb; “<em>how</em>, <em>when</em>, and <em>where</em>, are all my words, and so -are the answers to them.</p> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> - <div class="verse"> - <div class="line indent0"> - <a id="How"></a><ins title="Original does not have italic"><em>How</em></ins> do you like it? pray you tell?</div> - <div class="line indent0"><em>Not too much</em>, <em>extremely well</em>.</div> - <div class="line indent0"><em>When</em> do you like it, tell me <em>when</em>?</div> - <div class="line indent0"><em>To-day</em>, <em>to-morrow</em>, <em>now</em>, and <em>then</em>.</div> - <div class="line indent0"><em>Where</em> do you like it, answer fair?</div> - <div class="line indent0"><em>Here</em> and <em>there</em> and <em>everywhere</em>.</div> - </div> -</div> -</div> - -<p class="noi">All these words that answer <em>how</em>, <em>when</em>, and <em>where</em>, are -mine,” continued Adverb, “and so are the forfeit words -<em>yes</em>, <em>no</em>, or <em>nay</em>.”</p> - -<p>“Ah! but <em>black</em>, <em>white</em>, and <em>grey</em> are mine,” said Adjective, -interrupting; “and please, your lordship, you were -mistaken in saying that Adverb has only one tail, <em>ly</em>, to put -on to other people’s words. What do you think of <em>upwards</em>, -<em>downwards</em>, <em>homeward</em>, <em>forward</em>?”</p> - -<p>“Yes, they are certainly adverbs,” said the Judge, “and -you might say that <em>wards</em> and <em>ward</em> are the tails he has -added on to <em>up</em>, <em>down</em>, <em>home</em>, <em>for</em>; but these words are -not yours, Mr. Adjective, so you have no right to interfere.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_85"></a>85</span> -“Well, my lord,” replied Adjective, “at any rate I -have a right to speak about <em>once</em>, <em>twice</em>, <em>thrice</em>, for Adverb -has stolen them from my <em>one</em>, <em>two</em>, <em>three</em>.”</p> - -<p>“<em>Once</em>, <em>twice</em>, <em>thrice</em>,” repeated the Judge; “is that -all?”</p> - -<p>“He has not got a word for four times,” answered -Adjective; “<em>once</em>, <em>twice</em>, <em>thrice</em>, and <em>away</em>, is all that he can -say.”</p> - -<p>“Then I think,” said the Judge, “that you ought to be -ashamed to grudge them to him, when you have <em>one</em>, <em>two</em>, -<em>three</em>, and as many more as you can count; besides <em>first</em>, -<em>second</em>, <em>third</em>, <em>fourth</em>, and all that list. I do not like -such greedy ways, and as a punishment, I order you to -hand up a list of adjectives to be turned into adverbs. -Our friends may take them to Schoolroom-shire and put -a <em>ly</em> to each of them; then they will be adverbs, and -will answer to one of Adverb’s questions, <em>how</em>, <em>when</em>, -or <em>where</em>.”</p> - -<p>This is the list Mr. Adjective made out.</p> - -<div class="column-3-container"> - <div class="column-3"> - <div class="column column1"> - <p class="noi mb0">quick</p> - <p class="noi mt0 mb0">bright</p> - <p class="noi mt0 mb0">soft</p> - <p class="noi mt0 mb0">strong</p> - <p class="noi mt0 mb0">distinct</p> - <p class="noi mt0 mb0">clear</p> - <p class="noi mt0 mb0">neat</p> - <p class="noi mt0">sharp</p> - </div> - <div class="column column1"> - <p class="noi mb0">sudden</p> - <p class="noi mt0 mb0">late</p> - <p class="noi mt0 mb0">punctual</p> - <p class="noi mt0 mb0">regular</p> - <p class="noi mt0 mb0">sly</p> - <p class="noi mt0 mb0">cunning</p> - <p class="noi mt0 mb0">false</p> - <p class="noi mt0">true</p> - </div> - <div class="column column1"> - <p class="noi mb0">pretty</p> - <p class="noi mt0 mb0">dainty</p> - <p class="noi mt0 mb0">funny</p> - <p class="noi mt0 mb0">free</p> - <p class="noi mt0 mb0">happy</p> - <p class="noi mt0 mb0">awful</p> - </div> - </div> -</div> -<div class="mt3 clear-left"> </div> - - - -<div class="chapter"> -<hr class="divider x-ebookmaker-drop" /> -<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_86"></a>86</span> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter width500" id="chap13-head"> - <img src="images/chap13-head.jpg" width="500" height="93" alt="" /> -</div> - -<h2 class="nobreak" id="xiii">CHAPTER XIII.<br /> -<span>PREPOSITION.</span></h2> - -<div class="figleft width200" id="chap13-dropt"> - <img src="images/chap13-dropt.jpg" width="200" height="323" alt="" /> - <div class="caption">UP<br /> - A - LADDER<br /> - DOWN - THE - HILL<br /> - PREPOSITIONS·</div> -</div> - -<p class="noi">“<em>TO</em>, <em>from</em>, <em>of</em>, <em>for</em>, <em>over</em>, <em>under</em>, <em>on</em>, -<em>near</em>, <em>at</em>, <em>by</em>, <em>in</em>, <em>among</em>, <em>before</em>, -<em>behind</em>, <em>up</em>, <em>down</em>—— Pray, -who is the owner of all these -little creatures?” said Judge -Grammar, the next day. “Mr. -Noun, are they yours?”</p> - -<p>“No, indeed, my lord,” -answered Mr. Noun, “they -are not the names of any one -or anything that I ever heard -of.”</p> - -<p>“Dr. Verb, are they yours?”</p> - -<p>“I should not object to having them, my lord,”<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_87"></a>87</span> -answered Dr. Verb, “if I could do anything with them; -but they seem to me neither <em>to be</em> nor <em>to do</em>, nor <em>to suffer</em> -any——”</p> - -<p>“That will do,” interrupted the Judge, afraid that Dr. -Verb was beginning one of his long speeches. “Mr. Adjective, -do you claim them?”</p> - -<p>“They do not qualify anything, my lord,” answered -Adjective; “indeed, they seem to me <em>poor</em>, <em>useless</em>, <em>silly</em>, -<em>little</em>——”</p> - -<p>“We do not want you to qualify them, thank you,” said -the Judge, “but to tell us if they are yours. Article, we -know, has only <em>a</em> or <em>an</em> and <em>the</em>, so they cannot be his. -Mr. Pronoun, do they belong to you?”</p> - -<p>“No, my lord,” answered Pronoun. “As Mr. Noun has -nothing to say to them, neither have I. They do not stand -instead of any name.”</p> - -<p>“Well,” said the Judge, “we know they do not belong -to that tiresome little Interjection. Are they yours, -Adverb?”</p> - -<p>“I should be <em>extremely</em> glad to have them, my lord,” -answered Adverb, smoothly washing his hands, as usual. -“I have no doubt I could make them <em>exceedingly</em> -useful——”</p> - -<p>“That is not what I asked,” said the Judge; “are they -yours?”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_88"></a>88</span> -“I cannot say they are <em>exactly</em> mine,” said Adverb; -“but——”</p> - -<p>“That is all we want to know,” interrupted the Judge. -Then raising his voice, he continued: “If there is any one -in this court to whom these words, ‘to, from, of, for,’ -<abbr class="roman" title="etcetera">etc.</abbr>, -do belong, let him come forward.”</p> - -<p>At these words, a sharp, dapper little fellow stepped -forward, and looking around the court with a triumphant -air, exclaimed, “They belong to me.”</p> - -<p>“And who are you?”</p> - -<p>“Preposition, my lord. My position is just before a noun -or pronoun. My words point out to them their proper -position. I keep them in order.”</p> - -<p>“You keep them in order?” said Judge Grammar, looking -down at him through his spectacles; “how can a little mite -like you keep Mr. Noun in order?”</p> - -<p>“Little or big, my lord, that’s what I do,” said Preposition. -“I settle the position of every one and every thing, -and show whether they are to be <em>on</em> or <em>under</em>, <em>to</em> or <em>from</em>, <em>up</em> -or <em>down</em>.”</p> - -<p>“<em>Kindly</em> forgive me for interrupting you,” said Adverb, -coming forward. “I <em>really</em> must remark that <em>up</em> and <em>down</em> -are my words.”</p> - -<p>“How do you make out that?” asked the Judge.</p> - -<p>“I will show you <em>directly</em>, my lord,” answered Adverb.<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_89"></a>89</span> -“By the help of my questions <em>how</em>, <em>when</em>, and <em>where</em>, which, -you know, I alone can answer. If you say, ‘sit up,’ I ask, -‘<em>how</em> am I to sit?’ The answer is, ‘<em>up</em>.’ ‘Lie down;’ -‘<em>how</em> am I to lie?’ The answer is, ‘<em>down</em>.’ <em>Up</em> and <em>down</em>, -therefore, answer to my question <em>how</em>, and are mine.”</p> - -<p>“Stop a minute,” said Preposition. “I also can answer -to your favourite questions <em>how</em>, <em>when</em>, and <em>where</em>. Listen:—</p> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> - <div class="verse"> - <div class="line indent0"><em>How</em> do you like it? tell me true.</div> - <div class="line indent0">Made <em>of</em> sugar, dressed <em>in</em> blue.</div> - <div class="line indent0"><em>When</em> do you like it? answer me.</div> - <div class="line indent0"><em>At</em> my dinner; <em>after</em> tea.</div> - <div class="line indent0"><em>Where</em> do you like it? say, if you’re able.</div> - <div class="line indent0"><em>On</em> my lap or <em>under</em> the table?”</div> - </div> -</div> -</div> - -<p>“<em>Really</em>,” said Adverb, smiling politely, “that is <em>very -cleverly</em> done. But allow me to make <em>just</em> one remark. -You have not answered one single question without the -help of some other part of speech. Mr. Noun has helped -you with ‘sugar,’ ‘dinner,’ ‘tea,’ ‘lap,’ ‘table;’ Mr. Adjective -lent you ‘blue;’ Mr. Pronoun, ‘my;’ and so on. Now -I, without any help, answer the questions quite alone.”</p> - -<p>“You cannot expect a little fellow like me to stand quite -alone,” said Preposition; “I don’t pretend to do it. I -told you at first that my right position is before a noun -or pronoun, or some such word. All I mean is that I -help to answer the questions, and that neither Mr. Noun -nor Mr. Pronoun could answer them without me.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_90"></a>90</span> -“Is that true, Brother Parsing?” asked the Judge.</p> - -<p>“Quite true, my lord,” answered the learned Serjeant. -“When I find the questions ‘how?’ ‘when?’ or ‘where?’ -answered by one word alone, I put that word down to -Adverb. But when I find them answered by Mr. Noun or -Mr. Pronoun, helped by another little word, then I know -that that other little word belongs to Preposition.”</p> - -<p>“Yes, my lord,” continued Preposition; “so if you say -‘<em>up</em> a ladder’ or ‘<em>down</em> a hill,’ <em>up</em> and <em>down</em> are mine; they -show your position on the ladder or the hill; they are the -little prepositions put before Mr. Noun’s words <em>ladder</em> and -<em>hill</em>. But, of course, if you were to ask how I am to step -<em>up</em> or <em>down</em>? then Adverb could call up and down <em>adverbs</em>, -because they are added on to the verb ‘step,’ and they have -nothing to do with a noun or a pronoun.”</p> - -<p>“<em>Precisely</em>,” said Adverb; “my friend Preposition is <em>perfectly</em> -correct. I <em>immensely</em> admire my young friend, although -he does not move in <em>quite so</em> select a circle as myself.”</p> - -<p>“Don’t I?” said Preposition, with a knowing little nod.</p> - -<p>“I think Mr. Noun quite as good company as Dr. Verb, -any day. Besides, even grand Dr. Verb is glad enough to -have my little <em>to</em> to put before his verbs. When he makes -up his ‘songs,’ as he calls them, he always puts my little <em>to</em> -before the name at the top. He is glad enough to have -it to point out his verbs, and does not despise me at all,<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_91"></a>91</span> -though I do not stick on to him like a leech, as some -people do;” and Preposition nodded his head very fast a -great many times at Adverb.</p> - -<p>“Dr. Verb does not agree with you, though,” remarked -Pronoun, quietly.</p> - -<p>“No,” said Preposition, “I do not alter for him, nor he -for me. But he does not agree with Adverb either. Poor -Adverb agrees with nobody, and nobody agrees with him; -and he, poor fellow! cannot govern anybody, either. Now -I govern every noun or pronoun that I come before, for I -put them in the Objective Case.”</p> - -<p>“I object,” cried the Judge. “I will not have that word -brought into court. I said so before, and I say so again. -Nominative Case is bad enough, but Objective Case is -enough to turn a brown wig grey in a single night. Break -up the court! Critics, clear the room!”</p> - -<p>And Judge Grammar rose hastily from his seat, and -stalked angrily out, while all the Parts-of-Speech stood -looking speechlessly at each other till the policemen came, -bundled them all out, and locked the doors behind them.</p> - -<p>In spite of the hurry, however, Serjeant Parsing managed -to hand up to the people of Schoolroom-shire the following -verses, begging the ladies and gentlemen there to find out -all the prepositions in them, and to count how many lines -there are in which Preposition has nothing to say.</p> - -<p class="center pt3"><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_92"></a>92</span> -THE FAIRY-RING.</p> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> - <div class="verse"> - <div class="line indent0">Beside a bluebell on the heath,</div> - <div class="line indent2">Among the purple heather,</div> - <div class="line indent0">A fairy lived, and crept beneath</div> - <div class="line indent2">The leaves in windy weather.</div> - </div> - <div class="verse"> - <div class="line indent0">She drank the dewdrops from the stalk,</div> - <div class="line indent2"><a id="She"></a><ins title="Original has 'See'">She</ins> peeped into the flower;</div> - <div class="line indent0">And then she went to take a walk,</div> - <div class="line indent2">Or ride for half-an-hour.</div> - </div> - <div class="verse"> - <div class="line indent0">She rode upon a cricket’s back,</div> - <div class="line indent2">She came before the Queen,</div> - <div class="line indent0">The fairy Queen, with all her court,</div> - <div class="line indent2">Within the forest green.</div> - </div> - <div class="verse"> - <div class="line indent0">They had a dance upon the grass,</div> - <div class="line indent2">Till larks began to sing;</div> - <div class="line indent0">And where they danced, as all may know</div> - <div class="line indent2">They left a fairy-ring.</div> - </div> - <div class="verse"> - <div class="line indent0">Oh, pretty fairies! why not stay,</div> - <div class="line indent2">That we at you may peep?</div> - <div class="line indent0">Why will you only dance and play</div> - <div class="line indent2">When we are fast asleep?</div> - </div> -</div> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter width200" id="i_092"> - <img src="images/i_092.png" width="200" height="178" alt="" /> -</div> - - -<div class="chapter"> -<hr class="divider x-ebookmaker-drop" /> -<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_93"></a>93</span> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter width500" id="chap14-head"> - <img src="images/chap14-head.jpg" width="500" height="98" alt="" /> -</div> - -<h2 class="nobreak" id="xiv">CHAPTER XIV.<br /> -<span>PREPOSITIONS GOVERN THE OBJECTIVE CASE.</span></h2> - -<div class="figleft width200" id="chap14-dropw"> - <img src="images/chap14-dropw.jpg" width="200" height="324" alt="" /> - <div class="caption">LOOK AT ME<br /> - PREPOSITIONS GOVERN<br /> - THE OBJECTIVE CASE</div> -</div> - -<p class="noi">“WHEN the Parts-of-Speech found -themselves so suddenly turned -out of the court, they collected -in a group before the door, and -looked at each other in astonishment.”</p> - -<p>“Here is a pretty thing!” -said Mr. Noun, indignantly. -“Fine way to treat us, indeed!”</p> - -<p>“And after all, I only said -what is true,” said Preposition. -“I do put every noun or pronoun -that comes after my words -in the Objective Case, do I not, Dr. Syntax?”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_94"></a>94</span> -“Prepositions govern the Objective Case,” said Dr. -Syntax, in his usual monotonous voice; then lifting his -spectacles, he twisted his head round to look at Preposition, -and actually deigned to explain his words by saying: -“Whatever noun or pronoun a preposition is placed before -and refers to, must be in the Objective Case.”</p> - -<p>“Speak to him,” murmured Serjeant Parsing, as if he -were talking to himself: “<em>him</em>, a pronoun, objective case, -governed by the preposition <em>to</em>.”</p> - -<p>“Mr. Pronoun, you hear that!” exclaimed Mr. Noun. -“This little Preposition is said to govern us, you and me, in -the Objective Case. Very impertinent, on my word!”</p> - -<p>“On my word!” again muttered Serjeant Parsing. “Word, -a noun, Objective Case, governed by the preposition <em>on</em>.”</p> - -<p>“However, it does not matter to me,” continued Mr. -Noun, without taking any notice of Serjeant Parsing. “It -will make no difference to me;” and he turned away, with -his hands in his pockets, and began to whistle a tune.</p> - -<p>“It does matter to me, though,” said Pronoun, “for I -have to alter my words according to the case they are in. -<em>I</em> is only in the nominative case, <em>me</em> in the objective; <em>we</em> -is nominative, <em>us</em> objective; <em>he</em> nominative, <em>him</em> objective, -and so on. You cannot say ‘look at <em>I</em>;’ you must say -‘look at <em>me</em>.’”</p> - -<p>“Look at me,” echoed Serjeant Parsing, in the same<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_95"></a>95</span> -quiet tone: “<em>me</em>, Objective Case, governed by the preposition -<em>at</em>.”</p> - -<p>“Quite so,” continued Pronoun, turning to Serjeant -Parsing. “I am objective there, I cannot help it; I must -be objective after a preposition.”</p> - -<p>“Yes,” said Serjeant Parsing, aloud, “and it is very -convenient for me that you must. It often helps me to -find out whether a word is really a preposition or no. I -just try whether it wants <em>I</em> or <em>me</em> after it. Take <em>when</em> or -<em>if</em>, for instance. You can say, when <em>I</em> go, if <em>I</em> were; so -<em>when</em> and <em>if</em> are not prepositions. But you cannot say ‘for -I,’ or ‘from I;’ you must have the Objective Case, and -say for <em>me</em>, from <em>me</em>; so <em>for</em> and <em>from</em> are prepositions governing -the Objective Case.”</p> - -<p>“You had better take care,” said Preposition; “you keep -on saying Objective Case, and if you say it before Judge -Grammar, you know you will get us all into trouble again.”</p> - -<p>“Oh, never fear,” said Serjeant Parsing; “the Judge -will listen to us patiently enough, next time. Besides, he -must hear about Objective Case, whether he likes it or no, -because the prize will partly depend upon it.”</p> - -<p>“The prize! what prize?” cried every one.</p> - -<p>“Listen. There is to be a grand trial or examination -soon. All the Schoolroom-shire children are to be invited, -and all you Parts-of-Speech are to make up a story between<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_96"></a>96</span> -you. You will each get a mark for every word you give, -and whoever gets the most marks will get——”</p> - -<p>“Yes, what? what will he get?” they all cried out -eagerly.</p> - -<p>“Ah! that is a secret. What I want to tell you is, that -any word that governs another will get an extra mark. For -instance, when I say ‘Listen to me,’ the preposition <em>to</em> puts -<em>me</em> in the Objective Case, so <em>to</em> will get an extra mark.”</p> - -<p>“That is splendid!” cried little Preposition, clapping -his hands and jumping about for joy. “I always govern a -noun or pronoun in the Objective Case, so I shall get two -marks every time I come in.”</p> - -<p>“Not quite so sure,” interrupted Dr. Verb. “Sometimes -you come before a verb, <em>to</em> eat, <em>to</em> sleep, <em>to</em> fly, and then you -can only get one mark, for you do not govern me, my little -dear, seeing that verbs do not have a case at all.”</p> - -<p>“Ah, but you have to agree with your Nominative Case, -Dr. Verb,” said Pronoun; “so I suppose, when I am -nominative, I shall have an extra mark, for I might be said -to govern you in a sort of way.”</p> - -<p>“No, no,” said Serjeant Parsing, putting in his word, -“you are not said to govern Dr. Verb; he agrees with you, -that is all; but the Nominative Case, being a very honourable -one, will always get two marks.”</p> - -<p>“Then,” said Mr. Noun, suddenly stopping his whistling<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_97"></a>97</span> -and taking an interest in the conversation, “I am of course -to get two marks for every noun in the Nominative Case?”</p> - -<p>“Certainly,” answered Serjeant Parsing.</p> - -<p>“And in the Objective Case also?” asked Mr. Noun.</p> - -<p>“No, no,” said Serjeant Parsing, laughing; “that would -be too much of a good thing, since your words are -nearly always either nominative or objective. No, no; on -the contrary, the Objective Case, being governed by other -words (even such little trifles as prepositions), is not considered -at all an honourable case, and therefore will not -only give a noun or pronoun no extra marks, but will take -away one of those it already has. For instance, if I am -parsing ‘Come to me,’ and I give Mr. Pronoun a mark for -<em>me</em>, I must strike out that mark as soon as I find that <em>me</em> -is in the Objective Case, and must give it to Preposition for -his little word <em>to</em>, which governs <em>me</em>.”</p> - -<p>Mr. Noun and Mr. Pronoun both looked very dismal -at these tidings, and then Mr. Noun said:—</p> - -<p>“I hope no one else except Preposition can put me into -the Objective Case.”</p> - -<p>“O yes, indeed, I can,” cried Dr. Verb, bustling up, -eagerly; but Serjeant Parsing stopped him.</p> - -<p>“No, no, Dr. Verb,” he said, “we are not going to begin -that question. No notice will be taken of any noun or -pronoun’s being in the Objective Case, unless it is governed<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_98"></a>98</span> -by a preposition. That is the rule for this trial; another -time, perhaps, your rights will be considered.”</p> - -<p>Serjeant Parsing then took the following lines to Schoolroom-shire, -that every Objective Case governed by a preposition -might be found out:—</p> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> - <div class="verse"> - <div class="line indent0">Tom called for me, I went with him,</div> - <div class="line indent2">We climbed upon a rock;</div> - <div class="line indent0">There over the sea we looked for thee,</div> - <div class="line indent2">Till seven of the clock.</div> - <div class="line indent0">And then a white sail over the main,</div> - <div class="line indent0">Brought back our sailor-boy again.</div> - </div> -</div> -</div> - -<p>Fill up the blanks with a noun or pronoun, and say -whether it will be nominative or objective.</p> - -<p>.... went for a walk yesterday, .... walked through a -dark .... under tall ....; suddenly, when .... were in a -very lonely ...., .... heard the steps of some .... crashing -through the .... “What can it be?” .... cried .... -stopped to listen; the .... came nearer, two bright eyes -gleamed at us through the ...., and in another .... out -bounded, with a deep .... that made echoes all round us, -our own dear old ...., who had broken his chain, escaped -from the ...., and had come out to look for ....</p> - - -<div class="chapter"> -<hr class="divider x-ebookmaker-drop" /> -<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_99"></a>99</span> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter width500" id="chap15-head"> - <img src="images/chap15-head.jpg" width="500" height="93" alt="" /> -</div> - -<h2 class="nobreak" id="xv">CHAPTER XV.<br /> -<span>CONJUNCTION.</span></h2> - -<div class="figleft width200" id="chap15-dropm" style="width: 200px;"> - <img src="images/chap15-dropm.jpg" width="200" height="323" alt="" /> - <div class="caption">AND<br /> - BUT<br /> - SO<br /> - &c<br /> - BE GOOD AND YOU·WILL·BE·HAPPY - CONJUNCTION</div> -</div> - -<p class="noi">“MY lord,” said Serjeant Parsing, -the next time that the court assembled, -“I must beg for your -assistance. I have here a story—a -very excellent story, as it -seems to me; but somehow or -other it will not go right—it -has what you might call a jerky -sound—as if you were riding -over a corduroy road in a cart -without springs, and were trying -to talk between the bumps. -I have asked all the Parts-of-Speech that are in court to -help me, but none of them can give me any assistance.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_100"></a>100</span> -“Read the story aloud,” said the Judge, “and let us -hear it.”</p> - -<p>So Sergeant Parsing read—</p> - -<p class="center pt1">“THE EAGLE ... THE RAVEN.</p> - -<p>“An eagle pounced on a little lamb .... carried it off in -his claws. A raven saw him fly .... thought he could do -the same; .... he chose out the best .... biggest sheep of -the flock, .... pounced down upon it; .... lo! .... behold! -it was much too heavy .... it was much bigger .... himself, -.... poor Mr. Raven only got his claws entangled in the -wool .... when he tried to fly away he found it impossible -to get free .... he was struggling .... the shepherd came .... -caught him .... put him in a cage.”</p> - -<p>“I see, I see,” said the Judge, “you want some words to -join your sentences together. Noun, Pronoun, Article, Adjective, -Verb, Adverb, Preposition, none of these will do. I -have only two other Parts-of-Speech left on my list: that tiresome -Interjection, who is, of course, no use, and Con——”</p> - -<p>“Conjunction! Here you are, my lord,” said a bright -cheery voice at the door, and Conjunction walked into -court.</p> - -<p>He had on a coat with brass buttons, and a cap like a -railway guard’s, with C. J. marked on the front. Under -his arm he had a bundle of iron hooks or tools—at least -what you would have thought were iron hooks or tools, if<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_101"></a>101</span> -you had seen them down in Matter-of-fact-land, and had -not known any better. They were really his words.</p> - -<p>“You are late, sir,” said the Judge, very sternly; “where -have you been?”</p> - -<p>“To tell you the truth, my lord,” answered Conjunction, -“I have been for a little holiday trip on the Grammar-land -Railway. The fact is, my turn was so long in coming, and -the last time I was here your lordship broke up the court -in such a temp——”</p> - -<p>“A what, sir?” interrupted the Judge, angrily.</p> - -<p>“A hurry, my lord,—in such a hurry, that I did not -think we should meet again for some time; and so I just -amused myself by a trip on the railway, where I am so often -at work.”</p> - -<p>“Very improper, indeed!” replied the Judge, “as if you -were made to amuse yourself. Such a thing was never -heard of before in Grammar-land. Ask Dr. Syntax whether -conjunctions are used for amusement.”</p> - -<p>“Conjunctions are used to connect words or sentences,” -said Dr. Syntax, in his solemn unchanging voice, standing -up to speak, and sinking down the moment he had finished.</p> - -<p>“There!” said the Judge, “you hear what you are used -for—to connect words or sentences—that is your work, and -that is just what we have been wanting you for. You have -kept the whole court waiting, while you have been taking<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_102"></a>102</span> -a holiday, forsooth! Your very cap ought to shame you. -Pray what does C. J. stand for?”</p> - -<p>“Well, my lord, the folks in Matter-of-fact-land say that -it stands for Clapham Junction, which is a big station down -there, where a great many railways are joined together; and -they say that I am the pointsman, who moves the rails and -makes the trains run together, or apart, as the case may -be; and I don’t know but what that’s as good a description -of my work as the folks in Matter-of-fact-land could give. -Only they ought to understand that our trains in Grammar-land -are sentences, and my tools with which I join them -together are my words—<em>and</em>, <em>but</em>, <em>if</em>, <em>also</em>, and so on. And -here they are, Mr. Parsing, and heartily at your service, sir, -if you like to make use of them;” and pulling the bundle -from under his arm, Conjunction laid them down before -Serjeant Parsing, with a bow.</p> - -<p>“Thank you, my man,” said Serjeant Parsing, “one at a -time, if you please. I will read my story again, and do -you hand up a word that will fit, whenever I stop for it.”</p> - -<p>So he read it again, and Conjunction put in the words as -follows:—</p> - -<p class="center mt3">“THE EAGLE <em>AND</em> THE RAVEN.</p> - -<p>“An eagle pounced on a little lamb <em>and</em> carried it off in his -claws. A raven saw him fly, <em>and</em> thought he could do the -same; <em>so</em> he chose out the best <em>and</em> biggest sheep of the<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_103"></a>103</span> -flock, <em>and</em> pounced down upon it; <em>but</em> lo! <em>and</em> behold! it -was much too heavy, <em>for</em> it was much bigger <em>than</em> himself, -<em>so</em> poor Mr. Raven only got his claws entangled in the -wool, <em>and</em> when he tried to fly away, he found it impossible -to get free; <em>and whilst</em> he was struggling, the shepherd -came <em>and</em> caught him <em>and</em> put him in a cage.”</p> - -<p>“Ah,” said Judge Grammar, “yes, that is an improvement. -I see, Conjunction, you have put in <em>and</em>, <em>so</em>, <em>but</em>, -<em>than</em>, <em>for</em>, <em>whilst</em>. What other words have you?”</p> - -<p>“I have <em>because</em>, my lord,” answered Conjunction. “Mr. -Adverb asks ‘why?’ but I answer ‘because,’ which is much -more useful. Any one can ask ‘why?’ but it is only a -fellow like me, that knows how things work, that can answer -‘because.’”</p> - -<p>“You need not boast,” said the Judge; “you only join -the trains together, you know; you do not make them. -<em>Because</em> is only useful on account of what comes after it; it -would not tell us much if it stood alone. But what others -have you?”</p> - -<p>“I have <em>if</em>, my lord; and though it is only a word of -two letters, it makes a mighty difference many a time. How -happy we should all be <em>if</em> we could get just what we -want.”</p> - -<p>“Yes, yes, we know,” said the Judge; “‘<em>if</em> wishes were -horses, beggars would ride;’ but it is a very good thing<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_104"></a>104</span> -they are not. Now, Conjunction, <em>if</em> you have any more -words, let us hear <a id="them"></a><ins title="Original doesn't have closing quotatation mark">them.”</ins></p> - -<p>“Except that I sometimes use my neighbours’ words as -conjunctions, my lord,” answered Conjunction, “I think I -have told you pretty well all. Here is a packet I put together:—</p> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> - <div class="verse"> - <div class="line indent0"><em>If</em>, <em>because</em>, <em>and</em>, <em>so</em>, <em>that</em>, <em>or</em>,</div> - <div class="line indent0"><em>But</em>, <em>although</em>, <em>as</em>, <em>also</em>, <em>nor</em>.”</div> - </div> -</div> -</div> - -<p>“One more question,” said the Judge; “do you govern -or agree with any of your neighbours?”</p> - -<p>“Not I, my lord, I leave that for my betters. I am quite -satisfied to join them together, and then leave them alone,” -answered Conjunction.</p> - -<p>“Then that will do for to-day. Brother Parsing, be good -enough to send the following story to Schoolroom-shire, and -tell them to give Conjunction a place on their slates among -the other Parts-of-Speech, and mark down all his words for -him. When that is done, I shall have some good news to -tell you.”</p> - -<p>The court then rose.</p> - -<p class="center mt3">A NARROW ESCAPE.</p> - -<p>A traveller in India one day strayed away from his companions, -and went to sleep under a tree. When he awoke -he saw, to his horror, the two bright eyes of a tiger, ready -to spring upon him from a high bank. He leaped up to<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_105"></a>105</span> -run away, but fell back again directly, for a large crocodile -was coming towards him, with its great mouth open. He -shut his eyes and waited in terror, for he heard the tiger -spring. A tremendous noise followed; but he felt nothing. -He opened his eyes, and lo! the tiger had sprung into the -mouth of the crocodile; and while the two wild beasts -were struggling, the traveller sprang up and ran away.</p> - -<div class="figcenter width200" id="i_105"> - <img src="images/i_105.png" width="200" height="163" alt="" /> -</div> - - -<div class="chapter"> -<hr class="divider x-ebookmaker-drop" /> -<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_106"></a>106</span> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter width500" id="chap16-head"> - <img src="images/chap16-head.jpg" width="500" height="102" alt="" /> -</div> - -<h2 class="nobreak" id="xvi">CHAPTER XVI.<br /> -<span>ACTIVE VERBS GOVERN THE OBJECTIVE CASE.</span></h2> - -<div class="figleft width200" id="chap16-dropand"> - <img src="images/chap16-dropand.jpg" width="200" height="315" alt="" /> - <div class="caption"> ACTIVE·VERBS<br /> - ·GOVERN·<br /> - THE·OBJECTIVE·CASE</div> -</div> - - -<p class="noi">“AND now, gentlemen,” said Judge -Grammar, when next they -were assembled. “But what -is the matter, Dr. Verb? What -is this about?” he asked, interrupting -himself, for Dr. -Verb had gone down on one -knee before the Judge, and -was holding out a paper to him.</p> - -<p>“A petition, your lordship,” -said Dr. Verb, solemnly; “I -beg for justice. No, Preposition, -it is of no use to try to -hold me back, and to whisper that his lordship will be very<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_107"></a>107</span> -angry. You have had your rights given you, and I am -going to claim mine. My lord, I beg for the right of an -extra mark whenever any word of mine governs a noun or -pronoun in the Objective Case.”</p> - -<p>At the words “Objective Case,” every one in the court -held his breath, expecting the Judge to burst into a rage; -and certainly a sudden flush did overspread his face, and -rise to the very roots of his wig. For a moment he sat -silent with compressed lips, then lifting his head haughtily, -he said:—</p> - -<p>“Do not apologise, Dr. Verb; I forgive you; but on -one condition—that you show clearly and at once how to -discover an Objective Case that is governed by a verb.”</p> - -<p>“Certainly, my lord,” said Dr. Verb, joyfully; “it is the -easiest thing in the world. Just as you have to ask the -question, ‘who?’ or ‘what?’ <em>before</em> the verb, to find out the -Nominative Case, so you must ask the question, ‘whom?’ or -‘what?’ <em>after</em> the verb, to find the Objective Case. For the -nominative tells you who did the thing, and the objective -tells you to whom the thing was done. Here is an example:—‘Harry -kicked the cat.’ You ask, ‘who kicked?’ -to find the nominative, and the answer is <em>Harry</em>. You ask, -‘Harry kicked what?’ to find the objective, and the answer -is, <em>the cat</em>. Is that clear?”</p> - -<p>“The cat would certainly object,” muttered the Judge;<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_108"></a>108</span> -“but I suppose that is not why it is called objective, because -if the verb had been <em>fed</em>, <em>cat</em> would have been objective all -the same. Well, Brother Parsing,” he continued aloud, -“did Dr. Verb explain the matter clearly? Could you find -out the objective in that way?”</p> - -<p>“Certainly, my lord,” answered Serjeant Parsing, readily. -“I will give you an example to prove it. ‘I ate my dinner.’ -I find the nominative by asking ‘who ate?’ answer: <em>I</em>. I -find the objective by asking ‘I ate what?’ answer: <em>dinner</em>; -and dinner is clearly the objective, for it was the object for -which I sat down to eat.”</p> - -<p>“Must all verbs have an Objective Case after them?” -asked the Judge.</p> - -<p>“They cannot all govern the objective,” Serjeant Parsing -began, when he was interrupted by a solemn voice near -him, as Dr. Syntax suddenly rose and said, “Active verbs -govern the Objective Case; active verbs govern the Objective -Case;” and then sat down again.</p> - -<p>“I know what he means by that,” said Dr. Verb. “Active -verbs are those whose action passes on to some one or -something else, as in the sentence, ‘Harry kicked the cat,’ -the action of kicking passed on to the poor cat; and in ‘I -ate my dinner,’ the action of eating passed on and consumed -the dinner; so <em>kick</em> and <em>eat</em> are both active verbs, and govern -an Objective Case.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_109"></a>109</span> -“Well, then,” said the Judge, “must all <em>active</em> verbs have -an Objective Case?”</p> - -<p>“They should have one, my lord, if you want to make the -sentence complete. You must give them an <em>object</em> for their -activity. Every active boy can do <em>something</em>, though it may -not be Latin, and the same with every active verb. If it is -an active verb you can always put <em>some one</em> or <em>something</em> -after it; as to <em>eat</em> something, <em>drink</em> something, <em>see</em> something, -<em>love</em> somebody.”</p> - -<p>“And if the verb is not active?” asked the Judge.</p> - -<p>“Then it usually has a preposition between it and the -noun or pronoun after it, as, ‘I think <em>of</em> you.’ And the -preposition gets all the honour and glory of governing the -Objective Case, and gets an extra mark besides.”</p> - -<p>“Well,” said the Judge, “you have explained it pretty -clearly. I suppose I must allow you an extra mark for -every verb that governs an Objective Case.”</p> - -<p>“But, please, my lord,” said Mr. Noun, coming forward, -“I suppose that Pronoun and I are not to lose a mark for -every word of ours that is governed by a verb. That would -be very hard.”</p> - -<p>“No, no,” said the Judge. “There is no dishonour in -being governed by an active verb; it is only when you -allow yourselves to be governed by a little mite like Preposition, -that you are to lose a mark.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_110"></a>110</span> -“Allow ourselves to be governed,” muttered Mr. Noun. -“As if we could help it, when Dr. Syntax has once made the -rule.”</p> - -<p>“Brother Parsing,” said the Judge, “let us have a sentence -to ‘parse,’ as you call it, that we may see clearly how -it is done.”</p> - -<p>“Certainly, my lord,” said Serjeant Parsing, turning over -his papers. “Here is an excellent sentence, or rather, I -should say, two sentences, for there are two verbs: ‘Jack -suddenly gave a loud cry, for lo! a tiger appeared before -him.’ Now let each Part-of-Speech claim the word as I -read it. <em>Jack.</em>”</p> - -<p>“Mine,” said Mr. Noun. “<em>Jack</em> is a proper noun.”</p> - -<p>“<em>Suddenly</em>,” said Serjeant Parsing.</p> - -<p>“Certainly <em>suddenly</em> is mine,” said Adverb, smoothly.</p> - -<p>“<em>Gave</em>,” said Serjeant Parsing.</p> - -<p>“<em>Gave</em> is mine,” said Dr. Verb, “and it agrees with its -nominative, <em>Jack</em>. For ‘who gave?’ <em>Jack</em> gave, so <em>Jack</em> -is the nominative; and please, Mr. Noun, what number and -person is <em>Jack</em>, for <em>gave</em> must be the same?”</p> - -<p>“<em>Jack</em> is singular number, of course,” said Mr. Noun, -“for there is only one Jack mentioned; and it is third -person, for you are talking about him, not <em>to</em> him, and, of -course, he is not talking of himself; my words never do that.”</p> - -<p>“Oh,” said Dr. Verb, “then <em>Jack</em> is third person singular,<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_111"></a>111</span> -is he? then <em>gave</em> is third person singular, too; and it is an -active verb, and has an Objective Case. ‘Jack gave what?’ -a <em>cry</em>—<em>cry</em> is the objective, governed by the active verb -gave; so an extra mark for me, please Serjeant Parsing.”</p> - -<p>“All right,” said the learned Serjeant. “<em>A</em> is the next -word.”</p> - -<p>“Mine,” said little Article.</p> - -<p>“<em>Loud,</em>” continued Serjeant Parsing.</p> - -<p>“<em>Loud</em> is mine,” said Adjective; “it qualifies cry—tells -what sort of a cry he gave.”</p> - -<p>“Good,” said Serjeant Parsing; “now, <em>cry</em>.”</p> - -<p>“Mine,” said Mr. Noun; “a common noun this time, -and Objective Case; but it does not lose a mark, as it is -governed by an active verb, not by a preposition.”</p> - -<p>“<em>For</em>,” continued Serjeant Parsing.</p> - -<p>“Mine, sir,” said Conjunction; “it joins the sentences. -‘Jack gave a loud cry,’ <em>for</em> ‘lo! a tiger appeared before -him.’”</p> - -<p>“Lo! lo! lo! that is mine,” cried little Interjection, -before Serjeant Parsing had time to continue.</p> - -<p>“<em>A</em>,” called out the Serjeant, without noticing him.</p> - -<p>“An article, again,” said little Article.</p> - -<p>“<em>Tiger</em>,” continued Serjeant Parsing.</p> - -<p>“Mine,” said Mr. Noun; “a common noun, but nominative -this time to the verb <em>appeared</em>.”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_112"></a>112</span> -“You should not tell my words, Mr. Noun,” said Dr. -Verb. “Please, sir, <em>appeared</em> is a verb, not active, because -it does not say that the tiger appeared to anybody or anything; -it appeared <em>before</em> somebody, and that little preposi——”</p> - -<p>“Now you’re telling, Dr. Verb,” cried Preposition. -“Please, sir, <em>before</em> is mine—a preposition, showing the -position of the tiger with regard to poor Jack, and governing -<em>him</em> in the Objective Case; so two marks for me, please, -sir.”</p> - -<p>“One more word,” said Serjeant Parsing; “<em>him</em>.”</p> - -<p>“<em>Him</em> is mine,” said Pronoun, sadly; “it is a personal -pronoun, third person and singular number, standing instead -of the noun <em>Jack</em>; but,” he added, with tears in his eyes, -“it is of no use to give me a mark for it, as I shall lose -it again on account of the case. <em>Him</em> is the objective case, -governed by the preposition <em>before</em>;” and Pronoun turned -away with a sob.</p> - -<p>“Well, gentlemen,” said Judge Grammar, “you see what -the learned Serjeant means by ‘parsing.’ Only let our -Schoolroom-shire friends parse a few sentences in the same -way, and they will be perfectly prepared for the great trial -that is coming on. Brother, pray hand them up a few.” -Then pulling out his watch, the Judge continued: “I find, -gentlemen, that the present time will soon be past, and we<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_113"></a>113</span> -shall be stepping into the future if we go on much longer; -therefore I must put off, until the next time we meet, the -announcement I was going to make to you to-day.”</p> - -<p>The Judge then left the bench, and Serjeant Parsing prepared -the following sentences for parsing:—</p> - -<div class="poetry-container"> -<div class="poetry"> - <div class="verse"> - <div class="line indent0">We took a walk in the garden.</div> - <div class="line indent0">I see a bee in your bonnet.</div> - <div class="line indent0">The dragon ate a dragon-fly.</div> - <div class="line indent0">You never saw a blue rose.</div> - <div class="line indent0">Ah! I have a bone in my leg.</div> - <div class="line indent0">I will ride behind you on your horse.</div> - <div class="line indent0">Tom picked a flower for me.</div> - <div class="line indent0">Willy is riding on the rocking-horse.</div> - <div class="line indent0">A spider has eight legs.</div> - </div> -</div> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter width200" id="i_113"> - <img src="images/i_113.png" width="200" height="130" alt="" /> -</div> - - - - -<div class="chapter"> -<hr class="divider x-ebookmaker-drop" /> -<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_114"></a>114</span> -</div> - -<div class="figcenter width500" id="chap17-head"> - <img src="images/chap17-head.jpg" width="500" height="94" alt="" /> -</div> - -<h2 class="nobreak" id="xvii">CHAPTER XVII.<br /> -<span>THE POSSESSIVE CASE; AND WHO’S TO HAVE THE PRIZE?</span></h2> - -<div class="figleft width200" id="chap17-dropt"> - <img src="images/chap17-dropt.jpg" width="200" height="294" alt="" /> - <div class="caption">‘S S’<br /> - THE QUEEN’S CROWN<br /> - TOM’S BAT<br /> - AMY’S PARASOL<br /> - THE POSSESSIVE CASE</div> -</div> - -<p class="noi">THE court was again assembled, -and the Judge was just going -to speak, when he stopped—for -there was Mr. Noun, who -had gone plop down on one -knee before him, just as Dr. -Verb did before, and was holding -out his petition.</p> - -<p>“Dear me,” exclaimed the -Judge, “you too! What can -you have to complain of?”</p> - -<p>“I have lost a Case, my -lord,” said Mr. Noun, still kneeling.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_115"></a>115</span> -“Get up, sir,” said the Judge, “and say out quickly -what you mean. Am I never to have done with these tiresome -Cases?”</p> - -<p>“Please, my lord, it is just this,” said Mr. Noun, standing -up. “You have seen how my words can be Nominative -Case or Objective Case; but there is a case in which they -are neither of these two. For instance, in the sentence, -‘The monkey pulled the cat’s tail,’—<em>pulled</em> is the verb; -<em>monkey</em> is the nominative, for the monkey did the pulling; -<em>tail</em> is the objective, for ‘what did the monkey pull?’ The -<em>tail</em>—but then what case is <em>cat’s</em>? It is not nominative nor -objective.”</p> - -<p>“Don’t ask me what case it is,” said the Judge, indignantly; -“say out at once yourself.”</p> - -<p>“But you will be angry at the long word, my lord,” said -Mr. Noun.</p> - -<p>“Nonsense, sir,” said the Judge, getting very red. “Speak -at once, when I order you to do so.”</p> - -<p>“Then <em>cat’s</em> is said to be in the Possessive Case,” said -Mr. Noun, “because it shows who possessed the tail that -was pulled by the monkey. Any noun that shows to whom -a thing belongs—who is the possessor of it—is said to be in -the Possessive Case.”</p> - -<p>“Oh!” said the Judge. “Then if I say, ‘This knife belongs -to Harry,’ <em>Harry</em> will be in the Possessive Case, will it?”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_116"></a>116</span> -“No, my lord,” said Mr. Noun, looking a little confused, -“because there is a little preposition <em>to</em> before Harry, and -prepositions——”</p> - -<p>“Prepositions govern the Objective Case,” said Dr. -Syntax, solemnly.</p> - -<p>“Yes, yes, we know,” said Mr. Noun, impatiently; “but -I mean any noun that shows possession, without the help of -any preposition, as if you said, ‘This is Harry’s knife.’ -<em>Harry’s</em> is in the Possessive Case, for it shows who possesses -the knife, not by the help of any preposition, but by making -it Harry’<em>s</em> instead of <em>Harry</em>. I might have said in the -other sentence, ‘The monkey pulled the tail belonging to -the cat,’ but it is much better and shorter to use a Possessive -Case, and say, ‘The monkey pulled the cat’s tail.’”</p> - -<p>“It certainly seems a convenient case,” said the Judge.</p> - -<p>“It is, my lord,” said Mr. Noun; “and, therefore, I -think I have a right to ask for an extra mark for it.”</p> - -<p>“Oh! that is what you want, is it?” said the Judge. -“Well, I will grant your request, provided you can show -me an easy way of finding the Possessive Case at once.”</p> - -<p>“You may always know it by the little apostrophe (’) -either before or after an <em>s</em> at the end of the word,” answered -Mr. Noun; “as, ‘Mary’s doll,’ ‘Tom’s dog,’ ‘the -baby’s milk,’ ‘the children’s toys,’ ‘the boys’ hats,’ ‘the -girls’ gardens.’ Is not that easy, my lord?”</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_117"></a>117</span> -“Yes, that is simple enough,” replied the Judge; “therefore, -although I think it rather impertinent of you to have -brought so many Cases before me, I will grant your request. -You are to have then an extra mark for every -Nominative Case and for every Possessive Case, but none -for the Objective Case; and you will lose a mark every -time you are governed by a preposition. Are you satisfied?”</p> - -<p>Mr. Noun bowed, and took his seat.</p> - -<p>“And now, gentlemen,” continued the Judge, addressing -the nine Parts-of-Speech, “as you have all appeared before -me, and shown clearly who and what you are——”</p> - -<p>“And me! oh! oh! poor little me!” cried Interjection.</p> - -<p>“I have not called you up before me,” said the Judge, -sternly, “because we have all heard quite enough about -you already. Once is quite enough to have heard such an -unruly, odd little creature as you are; and you have thrown -yourself in more than once while the people were speaking. -We all know that you neither govern nor are governed by -any one else, and that you agree with nobody. Therefore, -stand aside and be quiet.”</p> - -<p>“Ah, well!” chuckled Interjection, as he obeyed, “if I -do not govern any one, at least I can take my -<a id="neighbours"></a><ins title="Original doesn't have apostrophe">neighbours’</ins> -words, as other people can, and make them my own. -Marry! forsooth! indeed! that I can!”</p> - -<p>“<em>Marry</em> is mine,” said Dr. Verb, bustling up.</p> - -<p><span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_118"></a>118</span> -“Indeed, <em>indeed</em> is mine,” said Adverb, blandly.</p> - -<p>“Pray, do not quarrel with him,” said the Judge; “let -him have a few words to keep him quiet.”</p> - -<p>“There is one thing,” said Dr. Verb, laughing, “no one -would be in a hurry to steal Interjection’s words, for they -are not worth it. Who could ever make a decent word out -of <em>oh</em>! or <em>fie</em>! or <em>pshaw</em>! or <em>ugh</em>!”</p> - -<p>“Laugh as you like, Dr. Verb,” cried Interjection, “my -words can stand alone, and make sense all by themselves, -and mean as much as a whole string of other words. For -instance, when I say ‘Fie!’ that is as good as saying, -‘You ought to be ashamed of yourself;’ and when I say -‘Ah!’ that means, ‘I see through all your fine airs and -graces, Dr. Verb, and know all about you.’ Ha! ha! what -do you say to that?” And Interjection once more took a -turn over head and heels.</p> - -<p>“Keep him quiet, will you,” said the Judge. “And now, -gentlemen,” he continued, for the third time, “I hope we -shall all be prepared for the great trial that is to take place -this day week. The people of Schoolroom-shire are all -invited to attend, and to bring their slates and pencils with -them. You all, my nine Parts-of-Speech, will together make -up a story which Serjeant Parsing will have in his hand. -He will then carefully examine every word, and the children -of Schoolroom-shire, who will have a place for each of you<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_119"></a>119</span> -on their slates, will put down a mark to each one who -deserves it. In the end, they will count up all the marks, -and the Part-of-Speech who has the most will get—will -get——”</p> - -<p>Just at this moment, when every one was listening most -anxiously to hear what the prize was to be, clouds of dust -were observed arising from behind his lordship’s throne. -In fact, the <a id="Critics"></a><ins title="Original has 'critics'">Critics</ins>, -tired of doing nothing, had begun to -turn out whole piles of mouldering old books, Murray’s -Grammars, old dictionaries, and I know not what; and the -venerable dust therefrom, getting into his lordship’s eyes, -nose, and mouth, brought on such a violent fit of coughing -and choking, that it was impossible to get another word -from him. He did not then, nor has he since, informed -his loving subjects what the prize was to be. Therefore, it -is left to the children of Schoolroom-shire to decide. In -examining the following story they must be both judge and -jury, and decide not only which Part-of-Speech deserves the -most marks, but also what is a fitting reward for the happy -being who shall win the great prize of Grammar-land.</p> - -<p class="center p140 mt3"><em>Serjeant Parsing’s Story for the Examination.</em></p> - -<p class="center">THE SAD FATE OF OUR SQUIRREL</p> - -<p>Once, when I was walking in the garden, I found a -young squirrel on the ground at the foot of a tall tree. It<span class="pagenum"><a id="Page_120"></a>120</span> -had fallen from the nest. I took the little soft warm -creature in my hand, and I carried it carefully into the -house. There we fed it with warm milk, and it quickly -revived. It soon sat up, with its pretty curly tail over its -back, and then it rubbed its nose with its paws. It seemed -to look to me as if it knew me for a friend. When night -came, I made a soft bed for it beside me, and it slept -cosily. In the morning, I took it to my cousin. “It -wants breakfast,” she said; “I will warm some milk for it in -my doll’s saucepan.” So she boiled some milk in a little -green saucepan, and we fed our pet. “Ah!” I cried, “is -it ill? It is struggling as if it were in pain.” We tried to -warm it, and we gave it another spoonful of milk; but, -alas! the poor little creature gave a pitiful moan, and we -soon saw that it was dead. The green paint on the doll’s -saucepan was poisonous, and we had killed our little squirrel -while it was lying in our arms.</p> - -<div class="figcenter width200" id="i_120"> - <img src="images/i_120.png" width="200" height="107" alt="" /> -</div> - - - -<div class="section"> -<hr class="x-ebookmaker-drop divider" /> -</div> -<div class="tn"> -<p class="center">Transcriber’s Note:</p> - -<p>The following changes have been made to the original publication:</p> - -<ul> -<li>Page 16<br /> -<em>a bird</em>, <em>a fly</em>, when suddenly -<span class="italic">changed to</span><br /> -<em>a bird</em>, <a href="#fly"><em>a fly</em>,”</a> when suddenly</li> - -<li>Page 47<br /> -therefore her stands <span class="italic">changed to</span><br /> -therefore <a href="#her"><em>her</em></a> stands</li> - -<li>Page 51<br /> -some one in it.” <span class="italic">changed to</span><br /> -some one in <a href="#it">it</a>.</li> - -<li>Page 58<br /> -of the verb <em>to swim</em>. <span class="italic">changed to</span><br /> -of the verb <a href="#swim"><em>to swim</em>.”</a></li> - -<li>Page 84<br /> -How do you like it <span class="italic">changed to</span><br /> -<a href="#How"><em>How</em></a> do you like it</li> - -<li>Page 92<br /> -See peeped into the flower; <span class="italic">changed to</span><br /> -<a href="#She">She</a> peeped into the flower;</li> - -<li>Page 104<br /> -let us hear them. <span class="italic">changed to</span><br /> -let us hear <a href="#them">them.”</a></li> - -<li>Page 117<br /> -I can take my neighbours words <span class="italic">changed to</span><br /> -I can take my <a href="#neighbours">neighbours’</a> words</li> - -<li>Page 119<br /> -In fact, the critics, tired of <span class="italic">changed to</span><br /> -In fact, the <a href="#Critics">Critics</a>, tired of</li> -</ul> -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin-top:4em'>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK GRAMMAR-LAND ***</div> -<div style='text-align:left'> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Updated editions will replace the previous one—the old editions will -be renamed. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright -law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, -so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United -States without permission and without paying copyright -royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part -of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project -Gutenberg™ electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG™ -concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, -and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following -the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use -of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for -copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very -easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation -of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project -Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may -do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected -by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark -license, especially commercial redistribution. -</div> - -<div style='margin:0.83em 0; font-size:1.1em; text-align:center'>START: FULL LICENSE<br /> -<span style='font-size:smaller'>THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE<br /> -PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK</span> -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -To protect the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting the free -distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work -(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project -Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full -Project Gutenberg™ License available with this file or online at -www.gutenberg.org/license. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> -Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg™ -electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to -and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property -(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all -the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or -destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in your -possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a -Project Gutenberg™ electronic work and you do not agree to be bound -by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person -or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be -used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who -agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few -things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg™ electronic works -even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See -paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project -Gutenberg™ electronic works if you follow the terms of this -agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg™ -electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the -Foundation” or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection -of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works. Nearly all the individual -works in the collection are in the public domain in the United -States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the -United States and you are located in the United States, we do not -claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, -displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as -all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope -that you will support the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting -free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg™ -works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the -Project Gutenberg™ name associated with the work. You can easily -comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the -same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg™ License when -you share it without charge with others. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern -what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are -in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, -check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this -agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, -distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any -other Project Gutenberg™ work. The Foundation makes no -representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any -country other than the United States. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other -immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg™ License must appear -prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg™ work (any work -on which the phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the -phrase “Project Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, -performed, viewed, copied or distributed: -</div> - -<blockquote> - <div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> - This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most - other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions - whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms - of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online - at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you - are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws - of the country where you are located before using this eBook. - </div> -</blockquote> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg™ electronic work is -derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not -contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the -copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in -the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are -redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase “Project -Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply -either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or -obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg™ -trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg™ electronic work is posted -with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution -must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any -additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms -will be linked to the Project Gutenberg™ License for all works -posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the -beginning of this work. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg™ -License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this -work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg™. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this -electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without -prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with -active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project -Gutenberg™ License. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, -compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including -any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access -to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg™ work in a format -other than “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official -version posted on the official Project Gutenberg™ website -(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense -to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means -of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original “Plain -Vanilla ASCII” or other form. Any alternate format must include the -full Project Gutenberg™ License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, -performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg™ works -unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing -access to or distributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works -provided that: -</div> - -<div style='margin-left:0.7em;'> - <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> - • You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from - the use of Project Gutenberg™ works calculated using the method - you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed - to the owner of the Project Gutenberg™ trademark, but he has - agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid - within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are - legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty - payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project - Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in - Section 4, “Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg - Literary Archive Foundation.” - </div> - - <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> - • You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies - you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he - does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg™ - License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all - copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue - all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg™ - works. - </div> - - <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> - • You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of - any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the - electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of - receipt of the work. - </div> - - <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> - • You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free - distribution of Project Gutenberg™ works. - </div> -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project -Gutenberg™ electronic work or group of works on different terms than -are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing -from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of -the Project Gutenberg™ trademark. Contact the Foundation as set -forth in Section 3 below. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable -effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread -works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project -Gutenberg™ collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg™ -electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may -contain “Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate -or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other -intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or -other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or -cannot be read by your equipment. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right -of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project -Gutenberg™ trademark, and any other party distributing a Project -Gutenberg™ electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all -liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal -fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT -LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE -PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE -TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE -LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR -INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH -DAMAGE. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a -defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can -receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a -written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you -received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium -with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you -with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in -lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person -or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second -opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If -the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing -without further opportunities to fix the problem. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth -in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’, WITH NO -OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT -LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied -warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of -damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement -violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the -agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or -limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or -unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the -remaining provisions. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the -trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone -providing copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in -accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the -production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg™ -electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, -including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of -the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this -or any Project Gutenberg™ work, (b) alteration, modification, or -additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg™ work, and (c) any -Defect you cause. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> -Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg™ -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Project Gutenberg™ is synonymous with the free distribution of -electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of -computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It -exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations -from people in all walks of life. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the -assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg™’s -goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg™ collection will -remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project -Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure -and permanent future for Project Gutenberg™ and future -generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see -Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> -Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit -501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the -state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal -Revenue Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification -number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by -U.S. federal laws and your state’s laws. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -The Foundation’s business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, -Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up -to date contact information can be found at the Foundation’s website -and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact -</div> - -<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> -Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Project Gutenberg™ depends upon and cannot survive without widespread -public support and donations to carry out its mission of -increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be -freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest -array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations -($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt -status with the IRS. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating -charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United -States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a -considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up -with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations -where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND -DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular state -visit <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/donate/">www.gutenberg.org/donate</a>. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we -have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition -against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who -approach us with offers to donate. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make -any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from -outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation -methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other -ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To -donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate -</div> - -<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> -Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg™ electronic works -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project -Gutenberg™ concept of a library of electronic works that could be -freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and -distributed Project Gutenberg™ eBooks with only a loose network of -volunteer support. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Project Gutenberg™ eBooks are often created from several printed -editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in -the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not -necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper -edition. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -Most people start at our website which has the main PG search -facility: <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. -</div> - -<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> -This website includes information about Project Gutenberg™, -including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary -Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to -subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. -</div> - -</div> -</body> -</html> diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/chap1-dropt.jpg b/old/66712-h/images/chap1-dropt.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 33623a8..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/chap1-dropt.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/chap1-head.jpg b/old/66712-h/images/chap1-head.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 1c82540..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/chap1-head.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/chap10-dropb.jpg b/old/66712-h/images/chap10-dropb.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 62f827b..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/chap10-dropb.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/chap10-head.jpg b/old/66712-h/images/chap10-head.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 71540bc..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/chap10-head.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/chap11-dropt.jpg b/old/66712-h/images/chap11-dropt.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 55f473f..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/chap11-dropt.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/chap11-head.jpg b/old/66712-h/images/chap11-head.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 63c2718..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/chap11-head.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/chap12-dropn.jpg b/old/66712-h/images/chap12-dropn.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index b4c318c..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/chap12-dropn.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/chap12-head.jpg b/old/66712-h/images/chap12-head.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 21ceeb0..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/chap12-head.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/chap13-dropt.jpg b/old/66712-h/images/chap13-dropt.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index d069f31..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/chap13-dropt.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/chap13-head.jpg b/old/66712-h/images/chap13-head.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 407578d..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/chap13-head.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/chap14-dropw.jpg b/old/66712-h/images/chap14-dropw.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index c733d49..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/chap14-dropw.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/chap14-head.jpg b/old/66712-h/images/chap14-head.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 1fe5a48..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/chap14-head.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/chap15-dropm.jpg b/old/66712-h/images/chap15-dropm.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index ca164b5..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/chap15-dropm.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/chap15-head.jpg b/old/66712-h/images/chap15-head.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index d43e3b5..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/chap15-head.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/chap16-dropand.jpg b/old/66712-h/images/chap16-dropand.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 15b7e0b..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/chap16-dropand.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/chap16-head.jpg b/old/66712-h/images/chap16-head.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index b178531..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/chap16-head.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/chap17-dropt.jpg b/old/66712-h/images/chap17-dropt.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index df39fba..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/chap17-dropt.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/chap17-head.jpg b/old/66712-h/images/chap17-head.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 4cc5466..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/chap17-head.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/chap2-dropw.jpg b/old/66712-h/images/chap2-dropw.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index b8b6c1b..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/chap2-dropw.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/chap2-head.jpg b/old/66712-h/images/chap2-head.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index b56dab0..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/chap2-head.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/chap3-dropw.jpg b/old/66712-h/images/chap3-dropw.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 179c0a6..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/chap3-dropw.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/chap3-head.jpg b/old/66712-h/images/chap3-head.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 96cbb25..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/chap3-head.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/chap4-drops.jpg b/old/66712-h/images/chap4-drops.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index ffd1c41..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/chap4-drops.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/chap4-head.jpg b/old/66712-h/images/chap4-head.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 232edb9..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/chap4-head.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/chap5-dropt.jpg b/old/66712-h/images/chap5-dropt.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index b16e7ce..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/chap5-dropt.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/chap5-head.jpg b/old/66712-h/images/chap5-head.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index c3d693d..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/chap5-head.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/chap6-dropt.jpg b/old/66712-h/images/chap6-dropt.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 924645d..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/chap6-dropt.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/chap6-head.jpg b/old/66712-h/images/chap6-head.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 3672684..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/chap6-head.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/chap7-dropi.jpg b/old/66712-h/images/chap7-dropi.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 23f5e27..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/chap7-dropi.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/chap7-head.jpg b/old/66712-h/images/chap7-head.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index a742662..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/chap7-head.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/chap8-dropt.jpg b/old/66712-h/images/chap8-dropt.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index d4bd23f..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/chap8-dropt.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/chap8-head.jpg b/old/66712-h/images/chap8-head.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 656dbe7..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/chap8-head.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/chap9-dropn.jpg b/old/66712-h/images/chap9-dropn.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index a74fbbc..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/chap9-dropn.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/chap9-head.jpg b/old/66712-h/images/chap9-head.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 27d7957..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/chap9-head.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/cover.jpg b/old/66712-h/images/cover.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index f03c7a8..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/cover.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/cover2.jpg b/old/66712-h/images/cover2.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 52b079d..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/cover2.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/drop-intro.jpg b/old/66712-h/images/drop-intro.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 1882133..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/drop-intro.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/head-intro.jpg b/old/66712-h/images/head-intro.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index add1d16..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/head-intro.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/i_014.png b/old/66712-h/images/i_014.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index da4ac1b..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/i_014.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/i_029.png b/old/66712-h/images/i_029.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index c951a95..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/i_029.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/i_044.png b/old/66712-h/images/i_044.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 28af792..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/i_044.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/i_061.png b/old/66712-h/images/i_061.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index bc90ee9..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/i_061.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/i_072.png b/old/66712-h/images/i_072.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index be417aa..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/i_072.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/i_079.png b/old/66712-h/images/i_079.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index d5946b3..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/i_079.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/i_092.png b/old/66712-h/images/i_092.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 7bfde30..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/i_092.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/i_105.png b/old/66712-h/images/i_105.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 28af792..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/i_105.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/i_113.png b/old/66712-h/images/i_113.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 93a8dcc..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/i_113.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/i_120.png b/old/66712-h/images/i_120.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index cdcf5df..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/i_120.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/i_frontis.jpg b/old/66712-h/images/i_frontis.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index cda7609..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/i_frontis.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/i_iv-bottom.png b/old/66712-h/images/i_iv-bottom.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index ca6adb1..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/i_iv-bottom.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/i_iv-head.png b/old/66712-h/images/i_iv-head.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 45f7c6b..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/i_iv-head.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/i_title.png b/old/66712-h/images/i_title.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 60271d5..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/i_title.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/i_v.jpg b/old/66712-h/images/i_v.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index cce479a..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/i_v.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/i_vi.png b/old/66712-h/images/i_vi.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 298828e..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/i_vi.png +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/i_vii.jpg b/old/66712-h/images/i_vii.jpg Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 352ac7e..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/i_vii.jpg +++ /dev/null diff --git a/old/66712-h/images/i_viii.png b/old/66712-h/images/i_viii.png Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 27ad243..0000000 --- a/old/66712-h/images/i_viii.png +++ /dev/null |
